]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
sd-bus: add sd_bus_close_unref() helper
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 241 in spe:
4
5 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
6 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
7 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
8
9 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
10 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
11 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
12 include the package release information.
13
14 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
15 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
16 option.
17
18 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
19 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
20 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
21
22 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
23 again.
24
25 * kernel-install script now optionally takes a path to an initrd file,
26 and passes it to all plugins.
27
28 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
29 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
30 used for side-channel attacks.
31
32 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
33 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
34 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
35
36 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
37 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
38 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
39 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
40 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
41 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
42
43 fs.protected_regular = 0
44 fs.protected_fifos = 0
45
46 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
47 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
48
49 CHANGES WITH 240:
50
51 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
52 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
53 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
54 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
55 an SELinux policy update is required.
56 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
57
58 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
59 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
60 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
61 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
62 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
63 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
64 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
65 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
66 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
67 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
68
69 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
70 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
71 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
72 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
73 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
74 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
75 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
76 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
77 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
78 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
79 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
80 the search path.
81
82 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
83 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
84 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
85 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
86 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
87 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
88 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
89 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
90 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
91 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
92 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
93 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
94 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
95 start job.
96
97 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
98 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
99 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
100 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
101 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
102 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
103 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
104 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
105 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
106 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
107
108 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
109 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
110 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
111 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
112 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
113 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
114 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
115 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
116 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
117 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
118 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
119 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
120 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
121 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
122 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
123 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
124 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
125 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
126 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
127 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
128 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
129 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
130 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
131 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
132 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
133 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
134 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
135 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
136 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
137 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
138 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
139 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
140 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
141 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
142 Java.)
143
144 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
145 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
146 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
147 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
148 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
149 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
150 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
151 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=no and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=no)
152 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
153 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
154
155 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
156 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
157 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
158 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
159 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
160 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
161
162 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
163 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
164 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
165 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
166 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
167
168 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
169 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
170
171 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
172 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
173 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
174
175 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
176 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
177
178 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
179 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
180 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
181
182 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
183 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
184 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
185 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
186 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
187 latency.
188
189 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
190 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
191
192 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
193 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
194 instance part of a unit name.
195
196 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
197 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
198 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
199 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
200 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
201 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
202 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
203 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
204 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
205
206 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
207 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
208 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
209 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
210
211 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
212 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
213 to a file, and appending to it.
214
215 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
216 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
217 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
218 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
219 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
220 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
221
222 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
223 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
224 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
225 having to touch C code.
226
227 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
228 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
229
230 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
231 DNS-over-TLS.
232
233 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
234 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
235 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
236
237 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
238 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
239 until the system finished start-up.
240
241 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
242
243 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
244 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
245 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
246 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
247 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
248 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
249 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
250
251 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
252 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
253 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
254 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
255 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
256 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
257 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
258 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
259 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
260 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
261 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
262 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
263
264 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
265 instantiate services.
266
267 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
268 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
269
270 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
271 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
272 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
273
274 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
275 it is neither used nor maintained.
276
277 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
278 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
279 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
280 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
281 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
282 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
283 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
284 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
285 separated by colons.
286
287 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
288 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
289
290 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
291 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
292
293 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
294 "ethtool advertise" commands.
295
296 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
297 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
298 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
299 directly.
300
301 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
302 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
303 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
304 ID.
305
306 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
307 and generate various 128bit IDs.
308
309 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
310 and LOGO=.
311
312 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
313 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
314 from any hibernated image.
315
316 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
317 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
318 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
319 kernel exports them.
320
321 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
322 /usr/bin/.
323
324 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
325 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
326 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
327 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
328 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
329 now documented here:
330
331 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
332
333 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
334 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
335 installs during early boot.
336
337 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
338 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
339
340 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
341 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
342
343 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
344 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
345 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
346
347 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
348 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
349 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
350 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
351 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
352 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
353 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
354 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
355 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
356 is on AC power.
357
358 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
359 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
360 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
361 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
362 see:
363
364 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
365
366 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
367 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
368 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
369 and container environments.
370
371 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
372 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
373 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
374 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
375
376 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
377 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
378 journald per-service.
379
380 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
381 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
382
383 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
384 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
385 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
386 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
387
388 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
389 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
390 groups.
391
392 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
393 --ephemeral command line switch.
394
395 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
396 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
397 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
398 object itself.
399
400 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
401 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
402 not unloaded).
403
404 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
405 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
406 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
407
408 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
409 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
410 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
411 too. A taged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
412 "dead" state on success.
413
414 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
415 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
416 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
417 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
418 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
419 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
420 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
421 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
422 well-defined system service context.
423
424 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
425 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
426 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
427 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
428
429 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
430 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
431 continue to be used.
432
433 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
434 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
435 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
436 for example:
437
438 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
439
440 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
441 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
442 the command line's exit code.
443
444 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
445
446 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
447
448 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
449 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
450 support to systemctl and all other commands.
451
452 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
453 name as argument.
454
455 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
456 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
457 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
458 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
459 is improved.
460
461 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
462 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
463 initialize one to all 0xFF.
464
465 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
466 all files and directories listed in
467 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
468 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
469 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
470 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
471 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
472 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
473 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
474 the transition to the host OS.
475
476 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
477 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
478 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
479 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
480 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
481 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
482 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
483 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
484 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
485 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
486 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
487 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
488 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
489 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
490 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
491 these are opened they don't work.
492
493 At this point is is recommended that container managers utilizing
494 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
495 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
496 logic works again.
497
498 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
499 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
500 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
501 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
502 ignore it.
503
504 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
505 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
506 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
507 commands.
508
509 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
510 pam_systemd anymore.
511
512 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
513 python-3.5.
514
515 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
516 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
517 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
518 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
519 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
520 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
521 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
522 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
523 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
524 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
525 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
526 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
527 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
528 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
529 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
530 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
531 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
532 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
533 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
534 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
535 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
536 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
537 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
538 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
539 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
540 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
541 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
542 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
543 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
544 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
545 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
546 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
547 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
548 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
549 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
550 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
551 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
552 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
553 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
554 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
555 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
556 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
557 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
558 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
559 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
560
561 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
562
563 CHANGES WITH 239:
564
565 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
566 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
567 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
568 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
569 a slot number associated.
570
571 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
572 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
573 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
574 independent.
575
576 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
577 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
578 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
579
580 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
581 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
582 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
583 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
584
585 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
586 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
587 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
588 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
589 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
590 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
591 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
592 e.g. NIS.
593
594 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
595 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
596 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
597 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
598 may be necessary to update the file.
599
600 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
601 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
602 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
603 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
604 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
605 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
606 documentation.
607
608 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
609 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
610 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
611 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
612 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
613 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
614 them.
615
616 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
617 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
618 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
619 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
620 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
621
622 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
623 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
624 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
625 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
626 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
627 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
628 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
629 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
630
631 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
632 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
633 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
634 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
635 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
636
637 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
638 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
639 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
640 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
641 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
642
643 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
644 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
645 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
646
647 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
648 that embedd a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
649 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
650 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
651 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
652 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
653 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
654 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
655 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
656 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
657 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
658 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
659 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
660 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
661 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
662 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
663 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
664 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
665 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
666 from.
667
668 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
669 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
670 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
671 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
672
673 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
674 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
675 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
676 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
677
678 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
679 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
680 hibernates again.
681
682 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
683 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
684
685 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
686 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
687 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
688
689 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
690 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
691 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
692 was not configurable and set to 512.
693
694 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
695 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
696 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
697 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
698 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
699 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
700 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
701 in particular su and sudo.
702
703 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
704 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
705 synchronization has been received from the network. This
706 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
707 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
708 services.
709
710 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
711 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
712 files should work for hibernation now.
713
714 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
715 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
716 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
717 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
718 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
719 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
720 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
721 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
722 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
723 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
724 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
725 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
726 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
727 name following the last dash.
728
729 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
730 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
731 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
732 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
733 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
734
735 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
736 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
737 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
738 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
739 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
740 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
741
742 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
743 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
744 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
745 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
746
747 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
748 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
749 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
750 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
751 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
752
753 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
754 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
755 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
756 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
757 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
758 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
759 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
760 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
761 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
762 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
763 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
764 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
765 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
766
767 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
768 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
769 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
770 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
771 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
772 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
773 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
774 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
775 settings.
776
777 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
778 expiration feature, if it is available.
779
780 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
781 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
782 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
783
784 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
785 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
786
787 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
788
789 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
790 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
791
792 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
793 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
794 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
795 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
796 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
797 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
798 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
799 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
800 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
801 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
802 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
803
804 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
805 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
806 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
807 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
808
809 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
810 about its state.
811
812 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
813 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
814 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
815 "timedatectl set-ntp".
816
817 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
818 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
819 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
820 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
821 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
822 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
823 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
824 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
825 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
826 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
827 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
828
829 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
830 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
831
832 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
833 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
834 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
835 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
836 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
837 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
838
839 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
840 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
841 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
842 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
843 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
844 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
845 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
846
847 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
848 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
849 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
850 shown.)
851
852 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
853 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
854 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
855 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
856 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
857 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
858 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
859 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
860 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
861
862 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
863 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
864 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
865
866 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
867 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
868 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
869 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
870 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
871 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
872 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
873 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
874
875 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
876
877 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
878 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
879 automatically when the system clock changed.)
880
881 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
882 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
883
884 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
885 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
886 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
887
888 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
889
890 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
891
892 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
893 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
894
895 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
896 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
897 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
898 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
899 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
900 external user databases.
901
902 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
903 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
904 refused due to the enforced limits.
905
906 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
907 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
908 manages.
909
910 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
911 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
912 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
913 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
914 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
915 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
916 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
917 wher this is now used by default.
918
919 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
920 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
921
922 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
923 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
924 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
925 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
926 update process in a generic way.
927
928 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
929 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
930 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
931 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
932 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
933 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
934 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
935 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
936 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
937 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
938 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
939 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
940 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
941 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
942 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
943 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
944 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
945 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
946 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
947 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
948 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
949 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
950 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
951 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
952 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
953 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
954 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
955 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
956 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
957
958 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
959
960 CHANGES WITH 238:
961
962 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
963 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
964 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
965 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
966 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
967 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
968 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
969 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
970 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
971 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
972 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
973 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
974 to revert this change.
975
976 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
977 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
978 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
979 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
980 once at the end of the transaction.
981
982 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
983 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
984 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
985 scripts.
986
987 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
988 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
989 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
990 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
991 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
992 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
993 still allowing local admin overrides.
994
995 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
996 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
997 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
998
999 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
1000 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
1001 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
1002 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
1003 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
1004
1005 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
1006 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
1007 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
1008 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
1009 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
1010 from package installation scripts.
1011
1012 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
1013 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
1014 without the user number ("u username -:456").
1015
1016 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
1017 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
1018
1019 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
1020 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
1021 /sbin/nologin for other users).
1022
1023 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
1024 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
1025 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
1026 --systemd, --user, or --global).
1027
1028 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
1029 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
1030 which are triggered meanwhile).
1031
1032 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
1033 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
1034 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
1035 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
1036 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
1037
1038 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
1039 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
1040 rotated very quickly.
1041
1042 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
1043 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
1044 pending bus messages.
1045
1046 * systemd gained a new
1047 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
1048 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
1049 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
1050 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
1051 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
1052 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
1053 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
1054 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
1055 session scope.
1056
1057 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
1058 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
1059 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
1060 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
1061 the tree to be accessed.
1062
1063 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
1064 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
1065 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
1066
1067 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
1068 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
1069 to keys in the main keyring.
1070
1071 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
1072
1073 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
1074 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
1075
1076 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
1077
1078 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
1079 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
1080 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
1081 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
1082 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
1083 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
1084 explicitly.
1085
1086 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
1087 the colour of "OK" status messages.
1088
1089 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
1090 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
1091 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
1092 be restarted.
1093
1094 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
1095 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
1096
1097 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
1098 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
1099 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
1100 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
1101 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
1102 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
1103 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
1104 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1105 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
1106 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
1107 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
1108 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
1109 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1110 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1111 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
1112 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
1113
1114 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
1115
1116 CHANGES WITH 237:
1117
1118 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
1119 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
1120 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
1121 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
1122
1123 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
1124 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
1125 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
1126 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
1127 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
1128 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
1129 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
1130 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
1131 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
1132 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
1133
1134 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
1135 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
1136 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
1137 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
1138 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
1139 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
1140 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
1141 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
1142 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
1143 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
1144
1145 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
1146 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
1147 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
1148 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
1149 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
1150 now provides explicit control.
1151
1152 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
1153 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
1154 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
1155 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
1156 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
1157 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
1158 unit types that already supported transient operation.
1159
1160 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
1161 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
1162 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
1163
1164 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
1165 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
1166
1167 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
1168 .network files all gained support for a new condition
1169 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
1170 versions.
1171
1172 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
1173 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
1174 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
1175 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
1176 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
1177 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
1178 understands RapidCommit=.
1179
1180 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
1181 Delegation.
1182
1183 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
1184 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
1185 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
1186 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
1187 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
1188 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
1189 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
1190 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
1191 --watch-bind= command line switch.
1192
1193 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
1194 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
1195 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
1196 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
1197 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
1198 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
1199 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
1200 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
1201 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
1202 "Disconnected" signals).
1203
1204 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
1205 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
1206 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
1207 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
1208 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
1209 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
1210 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
1211 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
1212 round-trips are removed.
1213
1214 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
1215 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
1216 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
1217 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
1218
1219 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
1220 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
1221 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
1222 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
1223 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
1224 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
1225
1226 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
1227 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
1228 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
1229 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
1230 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
1231 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
1232 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
1233 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
1234 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
1235 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
1236
1237 * sd-event gained a new call pair
1238 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
1239 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
1240 when the event source is destroyed.
1241
1242 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
1243 connections.
1244
1245 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
1246 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
1247 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
1248 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
1249 new transitional flag file has been added: if
1250 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
1251 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
1252
1253 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
1254 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
1255 manager.
1256
1257 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
1258 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
1259 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
1260 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
1261 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
1262
1263 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
1264 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
1265 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
1266 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
1267 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
1268 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
1269
1270 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
1271 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
1272 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
1273 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
1274 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
1275 level/target is given as an argument.
1276
1277 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
1278 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
1279 where UID and GID do not match.
1280
1281 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
1282 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
1283 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
1284 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
1285 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1286 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
1287 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
1288 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
1289 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
1290 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
1291 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
1292 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
1293 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
1294 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
1295 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
1296 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
1297 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
1298 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
1299 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
1300 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
1301 Палаузов
1302
1303 — Brno, 2018-01-28
1304
1305 CHANGES WITH 236:
1306
1307 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
1308 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
1309 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
1310 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
1311
1312 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
1313 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
1314 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
1315 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
1316 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
1317 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
1318 valid specifiers today.)
1319
1320 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
1321 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
1322 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
1323 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
1324 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
1325 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
1326
1327 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
1328 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
1329 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
1330 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
1331
1332 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
1333 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
1334 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
1335 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
1336 services are resolved properly.
1337
1338 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
1339 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
1340 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
1341 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
1342 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
1343 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
1344 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
1345 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
1346 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
1347 and btrfs.
1348
1349 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
1350 DNS server and domain information.
1351
1352 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
1353 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
1354 runtime.
1355
1356 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
1357 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
1358 empty for the first time.
1359
1360 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
1361 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
1362 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
1363 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
1364 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
1365 running in the user session.
1366
1367 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
1368 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
1369 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
1370 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
1371 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
1372 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
1373 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
1374 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
1375 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
1376 user instance).
1377
1378 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
1379 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
1380
1381 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
1382 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
1383 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
1384 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
1385
1386 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
1387 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
1388
1389 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
1390 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
1391 sleep verbs.
1392
1393 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
1394
1395 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
1396 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
1397
1398 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
1399
1400 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
1401 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
1402 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
1403
1404 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
1405 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
1406 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
1407 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
1408 instance.
1409
1410 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
1411 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
1412 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
1413
1414 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
1415 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
1416 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
1417
1418 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
1419
1420 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
1421 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
1422 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
1423 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
1424 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
1425 processes.
1426
1427 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
1428 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
1429 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
1430 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
1431
1432 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
1433 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
1434 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
1435
1436 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
1437 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
1438 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
1439 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
1440 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
1441
1442 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
1443 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
1444
1445 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
1446 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
1447 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
1448 time the specified expression would elapse.
1449
1450 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
1451 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
1452 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
1453 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
1454 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
1455 types, not just services.
1456
1457 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
1458 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
1459 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
1460 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
1461
1462 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
1463 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
1464 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
1465 interface for this purpose.
1466
1467 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
1468 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
1469 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
1470 anyway.
1471
1472 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
1473 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
1474 requirements of systemd.
1475
1476 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
1477 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
1478 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
1479
1480 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
1481 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
1482 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
1483 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
1484
1485 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
1486 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
1487 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
1488 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
1489
1490 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
1491 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
1492
1493 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
1494 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
1495 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
1496 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
1497 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
1498 managing software supports (such as pppd).
1499
1500 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
1501 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
1502 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
1503
1504 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
1505 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
1506 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
1507 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
1508 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
1509 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
1510 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
1511 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
1512 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
1513 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
1514 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
1515 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
1516 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
1517 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
1518 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
1519 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
1520 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
1521 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1522 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
1523 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
1524 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1525 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1526 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1527
1528 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
1529
1530 CHANGES WITH 235:
1531
1532 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
1533 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
1534 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
1535 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
1536 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
1537 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
1538 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
1539 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
1540 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
1541 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
1542 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
1543 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
1544 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
1545 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
1546 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
1547 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
1548 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
1549 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
1550 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
1551 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
1552 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
1553 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
1554 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
1555 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
1556 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
1557 IPAddressDeny= see below.
1558
1559 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
1560 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
1561 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
1562 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
1563 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
1564 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
1565 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
1566 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
1567
1568 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
1569 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
1570 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
1571 used to change those values.
1572
1573 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
1574 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
1575 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
1576 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
1577 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
1578 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
1579
1580 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1581 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1582 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1583 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
1584
1585 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1586 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1587 one top-level directory.
1588
1589 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1590 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1591 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
1592 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
1593 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1594 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1595 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1596 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1597 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1598 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1599 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
1600 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1601 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1602 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1603 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
1604
1605 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1606 Meson-only.
1607
1608 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1609 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1610 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1611 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1612 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1613 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1614 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1615 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1616 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1617 acceptable to us.
1618
1619 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1620 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1621 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1622 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1623 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1624 requested at build time.
1625
1626 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1627 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1628 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1629 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1630 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1631 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1632 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1633 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1634 Type= setting which permits configuring
1635 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1636
1637 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1638 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1639 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1640 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1641 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1642 local frames between bridge ports.
1643
1644 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1645 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1646 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1647
1648 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
1649 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
1650
1651 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
1652 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
1653 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
1654 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
1655
1656 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
1657 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
1658 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
1659 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
1660 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
1661 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
1662 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
1663 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
1664
1665 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
1666 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
1667 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
1668 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
1669 command.)
1670
1671 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
1672 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
1673 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
1674
1675 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
1676 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
1677 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
1678 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
1679
1680 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
1681 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
1682 configured, except for the credentials applied by
1683 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
1684 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
1685 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
1686 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
1687 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
1688 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
1689 on systems where this is not supported.
1690
1691 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
1692 sockets.
1693
1694 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
1695 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
1696 during runtime.
1697
1698 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
1699 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
1700 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
1701
1702 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
1703 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
1704 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
1705
1706 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
1707 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
1708 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
1709 Following this logic, two new special targets
1710 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
1711 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
1712 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
1713
1714 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
1715 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
1716 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
1717 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
1718
1719 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
1720 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
1721 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
1722 --wait".
1723
1724 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
1725 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
1726 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
1727 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
1728 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
1729 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
1730 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
1731 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
1732 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
1733
1734 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
1735 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
1736 containing information about the consumed resources of this
1737 invocation.
1738
1739 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
1740 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
1741 processes.
1742
1743 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
1744 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
1745 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
1746 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
1747 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
1748 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
1749 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
1750 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
1751 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
1752 systems for all five operations.
1753
1754 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
1755 the system.
1756
1757 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
1758 than UTC or the local timezone.
1759
1760 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
1761 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
1762 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
1763 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
1764 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
1765 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
1766 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
1767 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
1768
1769 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
1770 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
1771 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
1772 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
1773 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
1774 again.
1775
1776 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
1777 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
1778 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
1779
1780 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
1781 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
1782 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
1783 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
1784 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
1785 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
1786 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1787 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
1788 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
1789 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
1790 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
1791 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
1792 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
1793 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
1794 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
1795 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
1796 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
1797 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
1798 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
1799 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1800
1801 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
1802
1803 CHANGES WITH 234:
1804
1805 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
1806 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
1807 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
1808 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
1809 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
1810 summary:
1811
1812 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
1813
1814 becomes:
1815
1816 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
1817
1818 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
1819 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
1820 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
1821 .device units.
1822
1823 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
1824 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
1825 running a systemd user instance.
1826
1827 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
1828 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
1829 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
1830 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
1831 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
1832 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
1833
1834 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
1835
1836 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
1837 (domain search list).
1838
1839 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
1840 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
1841 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
1842 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
1843 implementation of RA.
1844
1845 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
1846 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
1847 ISO date values.
1848
1849 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
1850 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
1851 devices.
1852
1853 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
1854 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
1855 option.
1856
1857 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
1858 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
1859 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
1860 default yet.
1861
1862 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
1863 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
1864 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
1865 SHA256SUMS files.
1866
1867 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
1868 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
1869
1870 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
1871
1872 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
1873
1874 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
1875 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
1876
1877 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
1878 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
1879 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
1880 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
1881
1882 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
1883 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
1884 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
1885 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
1886 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
1887 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
1888 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
1889 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
1890 systemd-logind to be safe. See
1891 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
1892
1893 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
1894 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
1895 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
1896 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
1897 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
1898 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
1899
1900 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
1901 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
1902 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
1903 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
1904 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
1905 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
1906 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
1907 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1908 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
1909 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
1910 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
1911 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
1912 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
1913 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
1914 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
1915 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
1916 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
1917 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
1918 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
1919 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
1920 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
1921 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
1922 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
1923 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
1924 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
1925 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
1926 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
1927 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
1928 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
1929 Георгиевски
1930
1931 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
1932
1933 CHANGES WITH 233:
1934
1935 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
1936 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
1937 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
1938 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
1939 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
1940 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
1941 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
1942 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
1943 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
1944
1945 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
1946 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
1947 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
1948 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
1949 default selected on the configure command line
1950 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
1951 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
1952 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
1953 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
1954 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
1955 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
1956 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
1957 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
1958 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
1959 greatest stability and compatibility only.
1960
1961 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
1962 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
1963 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
1964 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
1965 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
1966 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
1967 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
1968 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
1969 further details about this.)
1970
1971 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
1972 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
1973 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
1974
1975 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
1976 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
1977
1978 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
1979 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
1980 with 'make install-tests'.
1981
1982 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
1983 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
1984 kernel.
1985
1986 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
1987 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
1988 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
1989 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
1990 by the Slice= option.
1991
1992 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
1993 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
1994 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
1995 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
1996
1997 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
1998 following choices:
1999
2000 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
2001 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2002 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
2003 (h)elp
2004 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
2005 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2006 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
2007 (y)es, execute the command
2008
2009 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
2010 because its meaning was confusing.
2011
2012 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
2013 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
2014
2015 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
2016 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
2017 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
2018
2019 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
2020 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
2021 state directly, without executing these commands.
2022
2023 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
2024 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
2025 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
2026
2027 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
2028 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
2029 combination with After=) have been started.
2030
2031 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
2032 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
2033 setting, and which system calls they contain.
2034
2035 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
2036 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
2037 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
2038 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
2039 configuration related calls.
2040
2041 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
2042 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
2043 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
2044 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
2045 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
2046 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
2047 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
2048
2049 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
2050 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
2051
2052 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
2053 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
2054 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
2055
2056 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
2057 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
2058
2059 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
2060 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
2061 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
2062 for compatibility.
2063
2064 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
2065 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
2066
2067 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
2068 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
2069
2070 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
2071 support for negative matching.
2072
2073 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
2074
2075 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
2076 permitted runtime of the mount command.
2077
2078 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
2079 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
2080 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
2081 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
2082 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
2083 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
2084 removed from the drive.
2085
2086 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
2087 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
2088
2089 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
2090 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
2091
2092 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
2093 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
2094 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
2095
2096 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
2097 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
2098 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
2099 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
2100 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
2101 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
2102 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
2103
2104 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
2105 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
2106 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
2107 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
2108 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
2109 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
2110
2111 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
2112 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
2113
2114 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
2115 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
2116 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
2117 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
2118 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
2119 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
2120 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
2121 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
2122
2123 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
2124 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
2125 including all control processes.
2126
2127 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
2128 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
2129 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
2130
2131 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2132 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
2133 prefixing the source path with "+".
2134
2135 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2136 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
2137 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
2138 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
2139 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
2140 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
2141 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
2142 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
2143
2144 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
2145 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
2146 before).
2147
2148 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
2149 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
2150 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
2151 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
2152 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
2153 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
2154 the new --root-hash= command line option).
2155
2156 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
2157 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
2158 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
2159 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
2160 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
2161 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
2162 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
2163 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
2164 versions.
2165
2166 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
2167 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
2168 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
2169 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
2170 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
2171 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
2172 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
2173 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
2174 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
2175 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
2176 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
2177 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
2178 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
2179 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
2180 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
2181 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
2182 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
2183 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
2184 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
2185 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
2186 a Verity-enabled root partition.
2187
2188 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
2189 accelerometer quirks.
2190
2191 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
2192 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
2193 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
2194 ID of each service.
2195
2196 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
2197 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
2198 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
2199 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
2200 view.
2201
2202 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
2203 environment variables:
2204
2205 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
2206
2207 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
2208 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
2209 address.
2210
2211 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
2212 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
2213 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
2214
2215 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
2216 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
2217 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
2218 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
2219 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
2220 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
2221 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
2222 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
2223 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
2224 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
2225 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
2226 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
2227 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
2228
2229 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
2230 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
2231 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
2232
2233 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
2234 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
2235
2236 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
2237 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
2238 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
2239 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
2240 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
2241
2242 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
2243 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
2244 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
2245
2246 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
2247 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
2248
2249 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
2250 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
2251 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
2252 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
2253
2254 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
2255 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
2256 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
2257 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
2258 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
2259 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
2260 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
2261 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
2262 possibly even including full integrity data.
2263
2264 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
2265 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
2266 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
2267 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
2268 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
2269
2270 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
2271 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
2272 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
2273 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
2274 directly with systemd-nspawn.
2275
2276 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
2277 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
2278 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
2279 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
2280
2281 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
2282 of coredumps in reverse order.
2283
2284 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
2285 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
2286 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
2287 additional informational message in its output.
2288
2289 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
2290 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
2291 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
2292
2293 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
2294 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
2295 scripting languages such as Python.
2296
2297 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
2298 namespacing is enabled for them.
2299
2300 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
2301 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
2302 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
2303 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
2304 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
2305 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
2306
2307 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
2308 root key (KSK).
2309
2310 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
2311 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
2312 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
2313
2314 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
2315 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
2316 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
2317 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
2318 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
2319 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
2320 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
2321 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
2322 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
2323 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
2324 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
2325 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
2326 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
2327 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
2328 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
2329 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
2330 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
2331 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
2332 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
2333 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
2334 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
2335 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
2336 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
2337 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
2338 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
2339 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
2340 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
2341 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
2342 Тихонов
2343
2344 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
2345
2346 CHANGES WITH 232:
2347
2348 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
2349 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
2350 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
2351 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
2352 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
2353 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
2354
2355 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
2356 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
2357
2358 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
2359 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
2360 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
2361
2362 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
2363 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
2364 to be remounted read-only for a service.
2365
2366 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
2367 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
2368 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
2369 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
2370
2371 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
2372 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
2373
2374 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
2375 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
2376 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
2377
2378 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
2379 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
2380 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
2381 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
2382 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
2383 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
2384 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
2385 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
2386 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
2387 permanent modifications to the system.
2388
2389 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
2390 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
2391 container or chroot environments.
2392
2393 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
2394 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
2395 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
2396 mapped to nobody.
2397
2398 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
2399 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
2400 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
2401 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
2402
2403 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
2404 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
2405
2406 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
2407 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
2408 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
2409 and the support is provisional.
2410
2411 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
2412 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
2413 unit files in the file system).
2414
2415 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
2416 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
2417 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
2418 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
2419 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
2420 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
2421 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
2422 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
2423 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
2424 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
2425 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
2426 state is fixed automatically.
2427
2428 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
2429 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
2430 option.
2431
2432 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
2433 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
2434 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
2435 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
2436 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
2437 else.
2438
2439 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
2440 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
2441 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
2442 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
2443 bootable on physical systems.
2444
2445 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
2446
2447 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
2448 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
2449 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
2450 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
2451 used.
2452
2453 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
2454 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
2455 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
2456 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
2457
2458 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
2459
2460 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
2461 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
2462 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
2463 of the container).
2464
2465 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
2466 files from the specified location.
2467
2468 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
2469 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
2470 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
2471 be active.
2472
2473 * The hardware database has been extended to support
2474 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
2475 trackball devices.
2476
2477 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
2478 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
2479 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
2480
2481 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
2482 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
2483 specified service binary exited.)
2484
2485 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
2486 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
2487
2488 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
2489 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
2490 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
2491 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
2492 --since= and --until= options.
2493
2494 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
2495 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
2496 are automatically propagated to the container.
2497
2498 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
2499 from a single IP address can be limited with
2500 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
2501 MaxConnections=.
2502
2503 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
2504 configuration.
2505
2506 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
2507 drop-ins.
2508
2509 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
2510 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
2511 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
2512 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
2513 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
2514 [Link] section of .link files.
2515
2516 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
2517 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
2518 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
2519 section of .netdev files.
2520
2521 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
2522 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
2523 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
2524
2525 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
2526 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
2527 .network files.
2528
2529 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
2530 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
2531 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
2532 service runtime cycle.
2533
2534 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
2535 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
2536 has been traditionally doing.
2537
2538 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
2539 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
2540 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
2541 prevent any later plugins from running.
2542
2543 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
2544 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
2545 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
2546 default of SplitMode=uid.
2547
2548 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
2549 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
2550 useful.
2551
2552 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
2553 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
2554 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
2555 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
2556 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
2557 individual namespaces.
2558
2559 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
2560 the output, as well as OS release information.
2561
2562 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
2563
2564 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
2565 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
2566 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
2567 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
2568 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
2569
2570 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
2571 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
2572 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
2573 severed.
2574
2575 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
2576 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
2577 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
2578 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
2579 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2580 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2581 information about exit statuses and results.
2582
2583 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2584 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2585 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2586 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2587 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2588 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2589
2590 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2591
2592 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2593 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2594 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2595 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2596 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2597 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2598 entirely.
2599
2600 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2601 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2602 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2603
2604 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2605 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2606 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2607 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2608 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2609 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2610 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2611 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2612 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2613 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2614 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2615 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2616 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2617 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2618 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2619 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2620 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2621
2622 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2623 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2624 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2625 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2626
2627 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2628 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2629 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2630 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2631
2632 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2633 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2634 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2635 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2636 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2637 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2638 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2639 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2640 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2641 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2642 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2643 fragment entirely.)
2644
2645 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
2646 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
2647 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
2648
2649 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
2650 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
2651 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
2652 FileDescriptorName= setting.
2653
2654 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
2655 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
2656 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
2657 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
2658 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
2659 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
2660
2661 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
2662 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
2663
2664 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
2665 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
2666
2667 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
2668 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
2669 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
2670 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
2671 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
2672
2673 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
2674 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
2675 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
2676 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2677 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
2678 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
2679 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
2680 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
2681 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
2682 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
2683 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
2684 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
2685 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
2686 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
2687 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2688 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
2689 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
2690 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
2691 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
2692 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
2693 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
2694 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
2695 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
2696 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
2697 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2698 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2699
2700 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
2701
2702 CHANGES WITH 231:
2703
2704 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
2705 with an additional special character as first argument of the
2706 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
2707 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
2708 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
2709 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
2710 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
2711 independently.
2712
2713 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
2714 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
2715
2716 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
2717 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
2718 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
2719 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
2720 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
2721 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
2722 values.
2723
2724 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
2725 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
2726 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
2727 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
2728 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
2729
2730 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
2731 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
2732 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
2733 7:10am every day.
2734
2735 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
2736 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
2737 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
2738 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
2739 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
2740 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
2741 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
2742 available for compatibility.
2743
2744 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
2745 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
2746 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
2747 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
2748 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
2749 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
2750
2751 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
2752 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
2753 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
2754 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
2755 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
2756 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
2757 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
2758 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
2759 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
2760
2761 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
2762 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
2763 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
2764 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
2765 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
2766 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
2767 desired options.
2768
2769 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
2770 cgroup v2.
2771
2772 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
2773 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
2774 limited to subgroups of that group.
2775
2776 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
2777 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
2778 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
2779 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
2780 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
2781 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
2782 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
2783 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
2784
2785 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
2786 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
2787 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
2788 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
2789 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
2790 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
2791 own long-running services.
2792
2793 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
2794 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
2795 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
2796 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
2797
2798 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
2799 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
2800 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
2801 propagates this notification further to the service manager
2802 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
2803 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
2804 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
2805 primitives.
2806
2807 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
2808 "terminate".
2809
2810 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
2811 link-local IPv6 addresses.
2812
2813 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
2814 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
2815 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
2816 --flush-caches".
2817
2818 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
2819 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
2820 is shown.
2821
2822 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
2823 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
2824 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
2825 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
2826 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
2827 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
2828
2829 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
2830 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
2831 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
2832 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
2833 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
2834 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
2835 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
2836 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
2837 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
2838 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
2839 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
2840 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
2841 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
2842 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
2843 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
2844 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
2845 bus API instead.
2846
2847 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
2848 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
2849 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
2850 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
2851
2852 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
2853 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
2854 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
2855 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
2856
2857 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
2858 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
2859 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
2860
2861 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
2862 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
2863
2864 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
2865 interface configuration.
2866
2867 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
2868 specifying the --force switch.
2869
2870 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
2871 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
2872 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
2873
2874 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
2875 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
2876 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
2877 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
2878 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
2879 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
2880 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
2881 to be handled.
2882
2883 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
2884 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
2885
2886 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
2887 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
2888
2889 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
2890 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
2891 of persistent symlinks for that device.
2892
2893 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
2894 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
2895
2896 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
2897 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
2898 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
2899 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
2900 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
2901 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
2902 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
2903 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
2904 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
2905 library.
2906
2907 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
2908 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
2909 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
2910 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
2911 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
2912 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
2913 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
2914 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
2915 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
2916 doc/HACKING for details.
2917
2918 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
2919 distribution's bugtracker.
2920
2921 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
2922 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
2923 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
2924 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
2925 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
2926 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
2927 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
2928 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
2929 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
2930 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
2931 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
2932 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
2933 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
2934 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
2935 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
2936 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
2937 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
2938 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
2939 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2940
2941 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
2942
2943 CHANGES WITH 230:
2944
2945 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
2946 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
2947 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
2948 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
2949 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
2950 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
2951 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
2952 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
2953 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
2954 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
2955 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
2956 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
2957 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
2958 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
2959 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
2960 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
2961 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
2962 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
2963 applications.)
2964
2965 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
2966 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
2967 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
2968
2969 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
2970 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
2971 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
2972 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
2973 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
2974 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
2975 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
2976
2977 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
2978 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
2979 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
2980 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
2981 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
2982 command works for tmux.
2983
2984 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
2985 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
2986 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
2987 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
2988 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
2989 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
2990
2991 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
2992 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
2993
2994 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
2995 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
2996 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
2997
2998 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
2999
3000 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
3001 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
3002 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
3003 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
3004 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
3005
3006 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
3007 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
3008 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
3009 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
3010
3011 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
3012 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
3013 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
3014 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
3015 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
3016 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
3017
3018 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
3019 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
3020 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
3021
3022 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
3023 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
3024 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
3025 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
3026 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
3027 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
3028
3029 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
3030 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
3031 address.
3032
3033 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
3034 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
3035 should be emitted.
3036
3037 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
3038 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
3039 supported.
3040
3041 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
3042 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
3043 logging performance.
3044
3045 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3046 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
3047 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
3048 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
3049 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
3050 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
3051
3052 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
3053 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
3054 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
3055 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
3056
3057 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
3058 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
3059
3060 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
3061 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
3062 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
3063
3064 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
3065
3066 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
3067 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
3068 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
3069 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
3070
3071 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
3072 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
3073 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
3074 refuse to operate on such files.
3075
3076 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
3077 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
3078 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
3079
3080 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
3081 just hidden container images.
3082
3083 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
3084 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
3085
3086 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
3087 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
3088 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
3089 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
3090 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
3091 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
3092 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
3093 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
3094 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
3095 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
3096 been changed to use this functionality by default.
3097
3098 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
3099 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
3100 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
3101 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
3102 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
3103 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
3104 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
3105 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
3106 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
3107 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
3108 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
3109 terminates.
3110
3111 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
3112 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
3113 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
3114 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
3115
3116 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
3117 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
3118 rate of the socket unit.
3119
3120 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
3121 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
3122 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
3123 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
3124 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
3125
3126 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
3127 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
3128 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
3129 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
3130 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
3131 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
3132 with this.
3133
3134 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
3135 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
3136
3137 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
3138 merged into the kernel in its current form.
3139
3140 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
3141 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
3142 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
3143 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
3144 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
3145
3146 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
3147 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
3148 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
3149
3150 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
3151 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
3152 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
3153 target is now included in early userspace.
3154
3155 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
3156 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
3157 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
3158 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
3159 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
3160 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
3161 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
3162 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
3163 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
3164 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
3165 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
3166 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
3167 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
3168 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
3169 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
3170 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
3171 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
3172 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
3173 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
3174 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3175 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
3176 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
3177 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
3178 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
3179 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3180 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3181
3182 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
3183
3184 CHANGES WITH 229:
3185
3186 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
3187 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
3188 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
3189 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
3190 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
3191 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
3192 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
3193 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
3194 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
3195 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
3196 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
3197 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
3198 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
3199
3200 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
3201 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
3202 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
3203 /usr/bin.
3204
3205 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
3206 devices.
3207
3208 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
3209 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
3210 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
3211 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
3212 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
3213 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
3214 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
3215 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
3216 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
3217 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
3218 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
3219 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
3220 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
3221 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
3222 this limit.
3223
3224 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
3225 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
3226 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
3227 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
3228 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
3229 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
3230 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
3231 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
3232
3233 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
3234 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
3235 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
3236 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
3237 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
3238 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
3239 and group at package installation time.
3240
3241 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
3242 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
3243 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
3244 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
3245 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
3246
3247 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
3248 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
3249 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
3250 supports it.
3251
3252 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
3253 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
3254
3255 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
3256 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
3257 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
3258 file is already initialized.
3259
3260 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
3261 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
3262 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
3263 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
3264 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
3265 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
3266 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
3267 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
3268 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
3269
3270 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
3271 working directory for the process started in the container.
3272
3273 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
3274 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
3275 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
3276 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
3277 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
3278
3279 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3280 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
3281 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
3282
3283 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
3284 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
3285 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
3286 sd_journal_restart_fields().
3287
3288 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
3289 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
3290 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
3291 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
3292 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
3293
3294 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
3295 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
3296 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
3297 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
3298
3299 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
3300 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
3301 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
3302 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
3303 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
3304 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
3305 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
3306 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
3307 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
3308 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
3309 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
3310 by PID 1.
3311
3312 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
3313 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
3314 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
3315 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
3316 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
3317 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
3318 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
3319 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
3320
3321 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
3322
3323 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
3324 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
3325 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
3326
3327 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
3328 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
3329 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
3330 recent kernels.
3331
3332 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
3333 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
3334
3335 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
3336 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
3337 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
3338 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
3339 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
3340 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
3341 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
3342 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
3343 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
3344 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
3345 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
3346 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
3347 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
3348
3349 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
3350 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
3351 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
3352 clusters or larger setups.
3353
3354 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
3355
3356 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
3357 sockets.
3358
3359 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
3360
3361 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
3362 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
3363 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
3364 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
3365 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
3366 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
3367
3368 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
3369 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
3370 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
3371
3372 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
3373 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
3374 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
3375 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
3376
3377 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
3378
3379 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
3380 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
3381 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
3382 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
3383 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
3384 maintain compatibility.
3385
3386 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
3387 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
3388 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
3389 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
3390 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
3391 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
3392 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
3393 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
3394 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
3395 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
3396 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
3397 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3398 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
3399 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
3400 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
3401 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
3402 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3403 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
3404 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3405
3406 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
3407
3408 CHANGES WITH 228:
3409
3410 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
3411 files are now also available as properties to set when
3412 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
3413 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
3414 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
3415 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
3416 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
3417 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
3418 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
3419
3420 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
3421 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
3422 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
3423
3424 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
3425 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
3426 created transiently.
3427
3428 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
3429 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
3430 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
3431 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
3432 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
3433 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
3434 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
3435 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
3436
3437 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
3438 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
3439 disk and sync the files, before returning.
3440
3441 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
3442 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
3443 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
3444 enabled.
3445
3446 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
3447 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
3448 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
3449 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
3450 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
3451 subvolumes.
3452
3453 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
3454 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
3455
3456 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
3457 individual indexes.
3458
3459 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
3460 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
3461 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
3462 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
3463 suffixes now.
3464
3465 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
3466 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
3467 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
3468 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
3469 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
3470 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
3471 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
3472 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
3473 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
3474 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
3475 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
3476 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
3477 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
3478 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
3479 number of processes or tasks each user may own
3480 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
3481 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
3482 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
3483 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
3484 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
3485 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
3486
3487 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
3488 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
3489 links between the host and the container.
3490
3491 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
3492 added that allows importing select environment variables
3493 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
3494 the service.
3495
3496 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
3497 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
3498 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
3499 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
3500 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
3501 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
3502 than until they first elapse.
3503
3504 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
3505 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
3506 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
3507 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
3508 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
3509 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
3510 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
3511 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
3512
3513 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
3514 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
3515 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
3516 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
3517 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
3518 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
3519 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
3520 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
3521 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
3522 journal and in coredump handling.
3523
3524 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
3525 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
3526 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
3527 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
3528 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
3529 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
3530 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
3531 software you package still references it, as this is a
3532 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
3533 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
3534
3535 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
3536
3537 Note that only util-linux versions built with
3538 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
3539
3540 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
3541 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
3542 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
3543
3544 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
3545 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
3546 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
3547 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
3548 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
3549 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
3550 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
3551 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
3552 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
3553 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
3554 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
3555 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
3556 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
3557 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
3558 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
3559 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
3560
3561 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
3562 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
3563 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
3564 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
3565 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
3566 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
3567 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
3568 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
3569 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
3570 surprises.
3571
3572 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
3573 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
3574 to the various user database fields of the user that the
3575 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
3576 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
3577 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
3578 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
3579 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3580 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3581 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3582 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
3583 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
3584 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3585 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3586 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3587 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3588 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3589 of PID 1 is the root user).
3590
3591 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3592 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3593 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3594 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3595 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3596 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3597 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3598 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3599 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3600 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3601 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3602 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3603 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3604 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3605 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3606
3607 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
3608
3609 CHANGES WITH 227:
3610
3611 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3612 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3613 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3614
3615 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3616 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3617 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3618 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3619 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3620 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3621
3622 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3623 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
3624 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3625 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
3626 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
3627
3628 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
3629 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3630 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3631 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3632 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3633 packets on unestablished sockets.
3634
3635 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
3636 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
3637 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3638 automatically.
3639
3640 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3641 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3642 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3643
3644 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3645 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
3646 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
3647 for disk IO.
3648
3649 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
3650 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
3651 removed.
3652
3653 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
3654 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
3655 directory is set to the home directory of the user
3656 configured in User=.
3657
3658 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
3659 directory of the selected user by default.
3660
3661 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
3662 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
3663 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
3664 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
3665 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
3666 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
3667 compat reasons.
3668
3669 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
3670 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
3671 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
3672 units.
3673
3674 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
3675 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
3676 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
3677 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
3678 level.
3679
3680 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
3681 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
3682 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
3683 namespaces work correctly.
3684
3685 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
3686 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
3687 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
3688 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
3689 activation.
3690
3691 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
3692 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
3693 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
3694 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
3695 system instance in a container.
3696
3697 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
3698 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
3699 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
3700 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
3701 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
3702 connections.
3703
3704 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
3705 show the control groups within a certain container only.
3706
3707 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
3708 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
3709 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
3710 processes attached, or similar.
3711
3712 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
3713 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
3714 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
3715
3716 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
3717 specifiers like %i or %f.
3718
3719 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
3720 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
3721 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
3722 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
3723
3724 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
3725 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
3726 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
3727 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
3728 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
3729 descriptors using sd_notify().
3730
3731 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
3732
3733 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
3734 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
3735
3736 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
3737 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
3738
3739 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
3740 .network files.
3741
3742 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
3743 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
3744 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
3745 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
3746 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
3747 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
3748 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
3749 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
3750 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
3751 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
3752 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
3753 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
3754 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
3755 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
3756 gdm-autologin is used.
3757
3758 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
3759 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
3760 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
3761 next to the image file.
3762
3763 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
3764 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
3765 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
3766 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
3767
3768 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
3769 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
3770 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
3771 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
3772 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
3773 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
3774
3775 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
3776 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
3777 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
3778 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
3779 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
3780 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
3781 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
3782 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
3783 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
3784 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
3785 number of files in place.
3786
3787 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
3788 on kernels where that is supported.
3789
3790 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
3791
3792 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
3793 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
3794 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
3795 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3796 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
3797 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
3798 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
3799 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
3800 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
3801 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
3802 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3803 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3804 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
3805 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
3806 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
3807 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3808 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
3809 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
3810
3811 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
3812
3813 CHANGES WITH 226:
3814
3815 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
3816 new features:
3817
3818 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
3819 information. It may be enabled and configured via
3820 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
3821 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
3822 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
3823 is any) is propagated.
3824
3825 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
3826 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
3827 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
3828 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
3829 information is enabled between host and containers by
3830 default now: the container will change its local timezone
3831 to what the host has set.
3832
3833 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
3834 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
3835
3836 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
3837 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
3838 information back, even if the server loses state.
3839
3840 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
3841 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
3842 PoolSize=.
3843
3844 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
3845 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
3846 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
3847 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
3848
3849 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
3850 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
3851 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
3852 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
3853 'dbus-daemon' systems.
3854
3855 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
3856 for virtio devices.
3857
3858 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
3859 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
3860 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
3861 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
3862 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
3863 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
3864 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
3865 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
3866 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
3867 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
3868 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
3869 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
3870 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
3871 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
3872 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
3873 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
3874 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
3875 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
3876 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
3877 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
3878 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
3879 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
3880 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
3881 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
3882 grants them.
3883
3884 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
3885 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
3886 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
3887 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
3888 group tree.
3889
3890 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
3891 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
3892 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
3893 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
3894 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
3895 work correctly in containers now.
3896
3897 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
3898 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
3899
3900 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
3901 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
3902 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
3903 function call is particularly useful when implementing
3904 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
3905
3906 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
3907 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
3908 signal events.
3909
3910 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
3911 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
3912 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
3913 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
3914
3915 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
3916 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
3917 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
3918 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
3919 nspawn command line.
3920
3921 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
3922 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
3923 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
3924 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
3925 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
3926 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
3927 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3928 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
3929
3930 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
3931
3932 CHANGES WITH 225:
3933
3934 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
3935 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
3936 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
3937 shell directly without prompting for username or
3938 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
3939 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
3940 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
3941 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
3942 the originating session.
3943
3944 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
3945 options and allows other programs to query the values.
3946
3947 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
3948 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
3949 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
3950 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
3951 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
3952 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
3953 probably not stabilize on this release.
3954
3955 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
3956 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
3957 messages.
3958
3959 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
3960 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
3961 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
3962
3963 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
3964 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
3965
3966 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
3967 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
3968 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
3969 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
3970 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
3971 posteriori.
3972
3973 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
3974 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
3975
3976 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
3977 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
3978 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
3979 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
3980 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
3981 "lastlog" tools.
3982
3983 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
3984 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
3985 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
3986 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
3987 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
3988
3989 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
3990 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
3991 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
3992 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3993 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
3994 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
3995 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
3996 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
3997 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
3998 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
3999 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
4000 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4001
4002 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
4003
4004 CHANGES WITH 224:
4005
4006 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
4007 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
4008
4009 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
4010 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
4011 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
4012
4013 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
4014 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4015 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
4016
4017 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
4018
4019 CHANGES WITH 223:
4020
4021 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
4022 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
4023 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
4024 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4025
4026 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
4027 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
4028
4029 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
4030 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
4031
4032 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
4033
4034 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
4035 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
4036 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
4037
4038 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
4039 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
4040 decapsulated packet.
4041
4042 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
4043 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
4044 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
4045 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
4046 netlink attribute.
4047
4048 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
4049 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
4050 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
4051 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
4052
4053 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
4054 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
4055 according to RFC2460.
4056
4057 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
4058 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
4059
4060 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
4061 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
4062 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
4063
4064 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
4065 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
4066 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
4067 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
4068 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
4069 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
4070
4071 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
4072 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4073 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
4074 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4075 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4076 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
4077 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
4078 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
4079 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
4080 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4081
4082 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
4083
4084 CHANGES WITH 222:
4085
4086 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
4087 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
4088 or should be used to work around such bugs.
4089
4090 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
4091 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
4092
4093 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
4094 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
4095 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
4096 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
4097 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
4098
4099 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
4100 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
4101 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
4102
4103 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
4104 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
4105 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
4106 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
4107 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
4108
4109 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4110
4111 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
4112 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
4113 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
4114 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
4115 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
4116 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4117 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
4118 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
4119 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4120 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4121
4122 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
4123
4124 CHANGES WITH 221:
4125
4126 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
4127 stable and have been added to the official interface of
4128 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
4129 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
4130 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
4131 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
4132 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
4133 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
4134 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
4135 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
4136 portable to other kernels.
4137
4138 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
4139 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
4140 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
4141 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
4142 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
4143 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
4144 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
4145 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
4146 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
4147 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
4148 systemd enabled.
4149
4150 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
4151 2.26.
4152
4153 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
4154 favor of calling an abstraction tool
4155 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
4156 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
4157 in README for details.
4158
4159 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
4160 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
4161 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
4162 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
4163 unit.
4164
4165 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
4166 into man pages.
4167
4168 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
4169 external project.
4170
4171 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
4172 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
4173
4174 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
4175 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
4176 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
4177 state.
4178
4179 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
4180 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
4181 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
4182
4183 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
4184 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
4185 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
4186 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
4187 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
4188 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
4189 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
4190 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
4191 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
4192 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4193 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
4194 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
4195 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
4196 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4197 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
4198 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4199
4200 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
4201
4202 CHANGES WITH 220:
4203
4204 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
4205 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
4206 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
4207 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
4208 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
4209 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
4210 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
4211 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
4212
4213 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
4214 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
4215 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
4216 service consumed). This value is only available if
4217 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
4218 in the "systemctl status" output.
4219
4220 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
4221 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
4222 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
4223 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
4224 previously was already the default behaviour).
4225
4226 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
4227 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
4228 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
4229
4230 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
4231 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
4232 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
4233 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
4234
4235 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
4236 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
4237 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
4238 journalling file systems that support external journal
4239 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
4240 systems to be mounted.
4241
4242 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
4243 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
4244 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
4245 stable release this should not be problematic.
4246
4247 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
4248 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
4249 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
4250 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
4251 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
4252
4253 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
4254 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
4255 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
4256 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
4257 network switches.
4258
4259 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
4260 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
4261
4262 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
4263 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
4264 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
4265
4266 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
4267
4268 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
4269 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
4270 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
4271 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
4272 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
4273 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
4274 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
4275 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
4276 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
4277 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
4278 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
4279 been fixed in v220.
4280
4281 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
4282 systemd-networkd.
4283
4284 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
4285 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
4286 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
4287 containers started from the command line.
4288
4289 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
4290 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
4291
4292 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
4293 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
4294 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
4295 indirection via a pseudo tty.
4296
4297 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
4298 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
4299 when shutting down.
4300
4301 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
4302 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
4303 overlayfs support.
4304
4305 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
4306 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
4307 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
4308 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
4309 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
4310 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
4311 images are imported via systemd-importd.
4312
4313 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
4314 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
4315 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
4316
4317 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
4318 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
4319 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
4320 of v1 as before).
4321
4322 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
4323 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
4324
4325 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
4326 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
4327 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
4328 without further privileges or authorization.
4329
4330 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
4331 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
4332 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
4333 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
4334 accessible via a bus interface.
4335
4336 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
4337 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
4338 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
4339 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
4340 to cover this functionality.
4341
4342 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
4343 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
4344 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
4345 disabled/masked also stopped.
4346
4347 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
4348 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
4349 updated to support systemd-boot.
4350
4351 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
4352 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
4353 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
4354 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
4355 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
4356 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
4357 like this and can extract OS release information from them
4358 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
4359 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
4360
4361 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
4362 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
4363 system.
4364
4365 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
4366 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
4367 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
4368 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
4369 device symlinks.
4370
4371 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
4372 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
4373 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
4374 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
4375
4376 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
4377 stick devices has been added.
4378
4379 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
4380 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
4381
4382 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
4383 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
4384 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
4385 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
4386 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
4387
4388 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
4389 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
4390 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
4391
4392 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
4393 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
4394 Debian.
4395
4396 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
4397 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
4398 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
4399
4400 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
4401 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
4402 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
4403 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
4404 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
4405 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
4406 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
4407 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4408 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
4409 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
4410 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
4411 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
4412 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
4413 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
4414 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
4415 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
4416 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
4417 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
4418 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
4419 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
4420 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
4421 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
4422 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
4423 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
4424 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
4425 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
4426 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4427
4428 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
4429
4430 CHANGES WITH 219:
4431
4432 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
4433 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
4434 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
4435 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
4436 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
4437 interface with and update the database.
4438
4439 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
4440 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
4441 before bytewise copying is done.
4442
4443 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
4444 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
4445 directory, and immediately removed when the container
4446 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
4447 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
4448 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
4449 for starting a container off the root file system of the
4450 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
4451 available on btrfs file systems.
4452
4453 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
4454 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
4455 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
4456 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
4457 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
4458 systems.
4459
4460 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
4461 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
4462 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
4463 mount point remains.
4464
4465 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
4466 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
4467 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
4468 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
4469 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
4470 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
4471 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
4472 are disabled.
4473
4474 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
4475 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
4476 container to the host or vice versa.
4477
4478 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
4479 mount host directories into local containers. This is
4480 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
4481
4482 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
4483 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
4484
4485 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
4486 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
4487 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
4488 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
4489 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
4490 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
4491 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
4492 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
4493 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
4494 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
4495 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
4496 make the functionality of importd available to the
4497 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
4498 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
4499 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
4500 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
4501 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
4502 only fully supported on btrfs.
4503
4504 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
4505 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
4506 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
4507 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
4508 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
4509 information about images.
4510
4511 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
4512 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
4513 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
4514 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
4515 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
4516 legacy file systems).
4517
4518 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
4519 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
4520 shown in networkctl output.
4521
4522 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
4523 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
4524 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
4525 processes as system services while interactively
4526 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
4527 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
4528 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
4529 full login session, the difference being that the former
4530 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
4531 setup.
4532
4533 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
4534 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
4535 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
4536 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
4537 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
4538
4539 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
4540 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
4541 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
4542 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
4543 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
4544 via qemu/kvm.
4545
4546 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
4547 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
4548 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
4549 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
4550 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
4551 disk images, too.
4552
4553 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
4554 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
4555 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
4556 integrate with that.
4557
4558 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
4559 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
4560 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
4561 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
4562
4563 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
4564 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
4565 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
4566
4567 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
4568 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
4569 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
4570 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
4571 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
4572 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
4573 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
4574 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
4575 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
4576 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4577
4578 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4579 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4580 files.
4581
4582 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4583 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
4584 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
4585 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
4586 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4587 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4588 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4589 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4590 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4591 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4592 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4593 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4594 explicitly turned on.
4595
4596 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4597 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4598 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4599 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4600
4601 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4602 supported.
4603
4604 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4605 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4606 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4607 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4608 associated with a virtual machine or container
4609 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4610 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4611 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4612 output however.)
4613
4614 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4615 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4616 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4617 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4618 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4619 caller's session/user.
4620
4621 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4622 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4623 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4624 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4625 user services.
4626
4627 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4628 same way as unit files.
4629
4630 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4631 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4632 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4633 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4634 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4635 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4636 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4637 the host.
4638
4639 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4640 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4641 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4642 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4643 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4644 host.
4645
4646 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
4647 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
4648 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
4649 updated to make use of it too by default.
4650
4651 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
4652 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
4653 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
4654 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
4655
4656 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
4657 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
4658 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
4659 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
4660 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
4661 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
4662 modification.
4663
4664 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
4665 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
4666 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
4667 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
4668 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
4669 information about Touchpad types.
4670
4671 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
4672 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
4673
4674 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
4675 Policy link field.
4676
4677 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
4678 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
4679
4680 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
4681 ACLs on files.
4682
4683 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
4684 tmpfs, automatically.
4685
4686 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
4687 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
4688 status" output, if available.
4689
4690 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
4691 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
4692 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
4693 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
4694 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
4695 run on next reboot.
4696
4697 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
4698 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
4699 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
4700 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
4701 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
4702 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
4703 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
4704
4705 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
4706 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
4707 after a configurable timeout.
4708
4709 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
4710 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
4711 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
4712 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
4713 it non-idle.
4714
4715 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
4716 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
4717
4718 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
4719 each .network interface in networkd.
4720
4721 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
4722 in .network files.
4723
4724 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
4725 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
4726
4727 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
4728 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
4729 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
4730 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
4731 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
4732 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
4733 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
4734 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
4735 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
4736 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
4737 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
4738 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4739 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
4740 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
4741 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
4742 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
4743 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
4744 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
4745 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
4746 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4747 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
4748 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
4749 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
4750 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4751
4752 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
4753
4754 CHANGES WITH 218:
4755
4756 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
4757 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
4758 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
4759 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
4760
4761 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
4762 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
4763 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
4764 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
4765 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
4766
4767 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
4768
4769 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
4770 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
4771 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
4772 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
4773 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
4774 modified configuration after editing.
4775
4776 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
4777 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
4778 system preset files.
4779
4780 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
4781 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
4782 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
4783 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
4784 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
4785 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
4786 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
4787 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
4788 other contexts.
4789
4790 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
4791 inhibitors.
4792
4793 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
4794 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
4795 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
4796 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
4797 managers.
4798
4799 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
4800 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
4801 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
4802 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
4803 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
4804 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
4805 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
4806 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
4807 parallel to journald.
4808
4809 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
4810 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
4811 available.
4812
4813 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
4814 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
4815 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
4816 or are not older than the specified time.
4817
4818 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
4819 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
4820 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
4821 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
4822
4823 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
4824 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
4825 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
4826 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
4827 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
4828 communication.
4829
4830 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
4831 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
4832 services.
4833
4834 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
4835 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
4836 including their signature and values. This is particularly
4837 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
4838 the new "busctl tree" command.
4839
4840 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
4841 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
4842 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
4843 friendly way.
4844
4845 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
4846 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
4847 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
4848 race-ful way.
4849
4850 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
4851 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
4852 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
4853 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
4854 --link-journal=try-guest.
4855
4856 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
4857 stable MAC addresses.
4858
4859 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
4860 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
4861 the respective unit shall use.
4862
4863 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
4864 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
4865 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
4866 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
4867
4868 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
4869 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
4870 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
4871 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
4872 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
4873 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
4874
4875 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
4876 details see:
4877
4878 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
4879
4880 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
4881 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
4882 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
4883 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
4884 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
4885 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
4886 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
4887 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
4888 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
4889 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
4890 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
4891 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
4892
4893 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
4894 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
4895 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
4896 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
4897 bluetooth, ...) is used.
4898
4899 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
4900 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
4901 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
4902 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
4903 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
4904 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
4905 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
4906 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
4907
4908 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
4909 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
4910 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
4911 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
4912 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
4913 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
4914 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
4915 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
4916 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
4917 interface.
4918
4919 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
4920 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
4921 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
4922 luks.name= argument.
4923
4924 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
4925 (this was previously already available for scope and service
4926 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
4927 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
4928 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
4929 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
4930
4931 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
4932 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
4933 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
4934
4935 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
4936 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
4937 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4938 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
4939 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
4940 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
4941 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
4942 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4943 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
4944 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
4945 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
4946 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
4947 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
4948 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
4949 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
4950 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
4951 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
4952 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4953
4954 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
4955
4956 CHANGES WITH 217:
4957
4958 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
4959 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
4960 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
4961 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
4962
4963 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
4964 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
4965 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
4966 now waits until the operation is complete.
4967
4968 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
4969 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4970 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
4971 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
4972 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4973 connection.
4974
4975 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
4976 commands anymore.
4977
4978 * User units are now loaded also from
4979 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
4980 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
4981 supported, but is under the control of the user.
4982
4983 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
4984 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
4985 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
4986 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
4987 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
4988 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
4989 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
4990 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
4991 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
4992 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
4993 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
4994 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
4995 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
4996 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
4997 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
4998 question.
4999
5000 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
5001 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
5002 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
5003
5004 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
5005 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
5006 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
5007 command line to trigger resume.
5008
5009 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
5010 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
5011 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
5012 Desktop=systemd-console.
5013
5014 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
5015 systemd-networkd.
5016
5017 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
5018 from the information provided by the networking stack
5019 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
5020
5021 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
5022 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
5023
5024 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
5025 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
5026 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
5027
5028 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
5029
5030 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
5031 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
5032 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
5033 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
5034 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
5035 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
5036
5037 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
5038 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
5039 respected.
5040
5041 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
5042 virtualization.
5043
5044 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
5045 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
5046 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
5047 on.
5048
5049 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
5050
5051 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
5052
5053 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
5054 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
5055 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
5056 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
5057 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
5058 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
5059 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
5060
5061 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
5062 available for service units, that allows locking all service
5063 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
5064 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
5065 from the service's view entirely.
5066
5067 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
5068 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
5069
5070 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
5071 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
5072 session.
5073
5074 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
5075 legacy-free systems.
5076
5077 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
5078 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
5079 easily.
5080
5081 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
5082 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
5083 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
5084 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
5085 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
5086 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
5087 option.
5088
5089 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
5090 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
5091 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
5092 /usr.
5093
5094 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
5095 services, not only the main process.
5096
5097 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
5098 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
5099 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
5100 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
5101 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
5102
5103 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
5104 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
5105 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
5106 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
5107 directly from now on, again.
5108
5109 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
5110 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
5111 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
5112 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
5113 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
5114 enabling and disabling.
5115
5116 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
5117 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
5118 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
5119 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
5120 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
5121 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
5122 unnecessary or unlikely.
5123
5124 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
5125 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
5126 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
5127 "anually", "hourly", ...).
5128
5129 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
5130 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
5131 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
5132 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
5133 overwritten at runtime.
5134
5135 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
5136 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
5137 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
5138 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
5139 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
5140 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
5141 segmentation fault.
5142
5143 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
5144 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
5145 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5146 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
5147 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
5148 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
5149 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
5150 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
5151 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
5152 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5153 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5154 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5155 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
5156 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
5157 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
5158 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
5159 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
5160 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
5161 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5162 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5163 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
5164 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5165
5166 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
5167
5168 CHANGES WITH 216:
5169
5170 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
5171 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
5172 implementations should add a
5173
5174 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
5175
5176 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
5177 default functionality.
5178
5179 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
5180 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
5181 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
5182 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
5183 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
5184 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
5185 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
5186 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
5187 files might need to be owned by them. A new
5188 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
5189 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
5190 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
5191 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
5192
5193 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
5194 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
5195 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
5196 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
5197 added eventually, too.
5198
5199 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
5200 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
5201 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
5202 new command to update these fields.
5203
5204 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
5205 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
5206 have been discovered via DHCP.
5207
5208 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
5209 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
5210 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
5211 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
5212 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
5213 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
5214 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
5215 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5216 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
5217 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
5218 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
5219 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
5220 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
5221 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
5222 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
5223 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
5224 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
5225 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
5226 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
5227 implementation to systemd-resolved.
5228
5229 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
5230 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
5231 containers to their respective IP addresses.
5232
5233 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
5234 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
5235 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5236 and present it to the user in a very friendly
5237 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
5238 control utility for networkd.
5239
5240 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
5241 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
5242 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
5243 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
5244 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
5245 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
5246 (NoDelay=).
5247
5248 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
5249 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
5250
5251 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
5252 be started only after time-sync.target has been
5253 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
5254 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
5255 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
5256 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
5257
5258 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
5259 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
5260 of the link.
5261
5262 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
5263 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
5264
5265 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
5266 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
5267
5268 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
5269 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
5270 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
5271 for DHCP.
5272
5273 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
5274 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
5275 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
5276 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
5277 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
5278 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
5279 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
5280 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
5281
5282 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
5283 validation of unit files.
5284
5285 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
5286 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
5287 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
5288 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
5289 address may now be configured.
5290
5291 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
5292 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
5293 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
5294 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
5295
5296 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
5297 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
5298
5299 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
5300 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
5301 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
5302 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
5303
5304 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
5305 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
5306 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
5307 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
5308 implementation.
5309
5310 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
5311 journal data to a remote system running
5312 systemd-journal-remote.
5313
5314 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
5315 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
5316 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
5317 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
5318 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5319 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
5320 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
5321 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
5322 version, you have to turn this option on again
5323 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
5324
5325 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
5326 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
5327 better than XZ which was the previous default.
5328
5329 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
5330 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
5331
5332 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
5333 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
5334
5335 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
5336 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
5337 "systemctl status" output for a service.
5338
5339 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
5340 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
5341 hostname, root password) interactively on first
5342 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
5343 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
5344
5345 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
5346
5347 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
5348
5349 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
5350 when primary addresses are removed.
5351
5352 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
5353 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
5354 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
5355 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
5356 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
5357 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
5358 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5359 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5360 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
5361 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
5362 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
5363 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
5364 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
5365 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
5366 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5367
5368 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
5369
5370 CHANGES WITH 215:
5371
5372 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
5373 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
5374 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
5375 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
5376 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
5377 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
5378 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
5379 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
5380 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
5381 require.
5382
5383 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
5384 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
5385
5386 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
5387 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
5388 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
5389 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
5390 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
5391 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
5392 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
5393
5394 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
5395 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
5396 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
5397 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
5398 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
5399 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
5400 update or reset should use this condition and order
5401 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
5402 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
5403 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
5404 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
5405 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
5406 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
5407 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
5408 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
5409 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
5410
5411 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
5412
5413 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
5414 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
5415 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
5416 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
5417
5418 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
5419 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
5420 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
5421 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
5422 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
5423 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
5424 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
5425 .network files using settings of this section should be
5426 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
5427 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
5428
5429 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
5430 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
5431
5432 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
5433 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
5434 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
5435 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
5436 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
5437 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
5438 of nspawn instances.
5439
5440 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
5441 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
5442 added.
5443
5444 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
5445 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
5446 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
5447 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
5448 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
5449 configuration stored in /etc.
5450
5451 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
5452 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
5453 parsing of unknown mount options.
5454
5455 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
5456 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
5457 it already exist and not already be the correct
5458 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
5459 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
5460 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
5461 pre-existing files of different types.
5462
5463 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
5464 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
5465 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
5466 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
5467 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
5468 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
5469 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
5470
5471 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
5472 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
5473 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
5474 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
5475 shall be executed.
5476
5477 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
5478 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
5479 example whether it is fully up and running.
5480
5481 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
5482 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
5483 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
5484 reset.
5485
5486 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
5487 most basic services systemd ships by default.
5488
5489 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
5490 field for defining the default instance to create if a
5491 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
5492
5493 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
5494 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
5495 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
5496
5497 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
5498 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
5499 access to this group.
5500
5501 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
5502 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
5503 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
5504 to the journal.
5505
5506 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
5507 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
5508 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
5509 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
5510 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
5511 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
5512
5513 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
5514 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
5515 that makes sure to only show information about the most
5516 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
5517 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
5518 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
5519 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
5520 the old name to the new name.
5521
5522 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
5523 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
5524 coredumpctl without restrictions.
5525
5526 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
5527 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
5528 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
5529 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
5530 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
5531 "systemd-debug-generator".
5532
5533 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
5534 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
5535 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
5536 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
5537 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
5538 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
5539 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
5540 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
5541 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
5542 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
5543 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
5544
5545 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
5546 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
5547 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
5548 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
5549 been added to query many of these paths for the local
5550 machine and user.
5551
5552 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
5553 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
5554 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
5555 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
5556 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
5557
5558 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
5559 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
5560 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
5561 couple of drop-in directories.
5562
5563 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
5564 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
5565 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
5566 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
5567 for dev_port.
5568
5569 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
5570 container (read from /etc/os-release and
5571 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
5572 "machinectl status" for a machine.
5573
5574 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
5575 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
5576 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5577 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5578 Restart= setting.
5579
5580 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5581 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5582 directly connect to a specific container on the
5583 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5584 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5585 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5586 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5587 containers is a privileged operation.
5588
5589 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5590 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5591 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5592 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5593 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5594 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5595 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5596 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5597 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5598 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5599 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5600 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5601
5602 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
5603
5604 CHANGES WITH 214:
5605
5606 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5607 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5608 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5609 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5610 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5611 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5612 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5613 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5614 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
5615 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
5616 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
5617 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
5618 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
5619 devices are excluded from this logic.
5620
5621 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5622 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5623 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5624 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5625 change has been released.
5626
5627 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
5628 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
5629 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5630
5631 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
5632 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5633 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
5634 with fewer privileges.
5635
5636 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5637 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5638 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5639 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5640
5641 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
5642 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5643
5644 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
5645 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
5646
5647 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
5648 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
5649 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
5650
5651 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
5652 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
5653 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
5654 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
5655 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
5656 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
5657
5658 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
5659 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
5660 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
5661
5662 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
5663 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
5664 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
5665 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
5666 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
5667 modifications of user data or system files from
5668 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
5669 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
5670
5671 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
5672 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
5673 and FIFOs in the file system.
5674
5675 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
5676 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
5677 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
5678
5679 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
5680 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
5681 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
5682 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
5683 the socket itself.
5684
5685 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
5686 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
5687 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
5688 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
5689 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
5690 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
5691 symlinks, and nothing else.
5692
5693 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
5694 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
5695 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
5696 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
5697 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
5698 process (for example, the parent process). The
5699 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
5700 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
5701 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
5702 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
5703 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
5704 messages to services when the originating process already
5705 vanished.
5706
5707 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
5708 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
5709 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
5710 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
5711 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
5712 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
5713 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
5714 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
5715 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
5716 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
5717 all long-running services.
5718
5719 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
5720 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
5721 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
5722 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
5723 service.
5724
5725 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
5726 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
5727 applied to all submounts, too.
5728
5729 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
5730
5731 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
5732 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
5733 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
5734 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
5735 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
5736 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
5737 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
5738
5739 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
5740 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
5741 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
5742 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
5743 (domU) domains.
5744
5745 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
5746 files or entire directories.
5747
5748 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
5749 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
5750 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
5751 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
5752 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
5753
5754 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
5755 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
5756 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
5757 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
5758 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
5759 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
5760 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
5761 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
5762 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
5763 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
5764 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
5765 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
5766
5767 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
5768 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
5769 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
5770 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
5771
5772 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
5773 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
5774 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
5775 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
5776 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
5777 non-directories.
5778
5779 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
5780 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
5781 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
5782
5783 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
5784 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
5785 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
5786 this group.
5787
5788 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
5789 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
5790 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
5791 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
5792 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5793 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
5794 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5795
5796 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
5797
5798 CHANGES WITH 213:
5799
5800 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
5801 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
5802 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
5803 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
5804 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
5805 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
5806 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
5807 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
5808 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
5809 client should be more than appropriate for most
5810 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
5811 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
5812 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
5813 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
5814 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
5815 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
5816 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
5817 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
5818 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
5819 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
5820 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
5821
5822 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
5823 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
5824 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
5825 part of a different namespace.
5826
5827 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
5828 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
5829 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
5830 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
5831
5832 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
5833 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
5834 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
5835
5836 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
5837 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
5838 when a service fails. This works similarly to
5839 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
5840 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
5841 restart the service in question.
5842
5843 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
5844 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
5845 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
5846 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
5847 details when running non-locally.
5848
5849 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
5850 graphs it generates.
5851
5852 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
5853 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
5854 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
5855 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
5856 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
5857
5858 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
5859
5860 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
5861 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
5862 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
5863 what it was on SysV systems.
5864
5865 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
5866 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
5867
5868 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
5869 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
5870 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
5871 files.
5872
5873 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
5874 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
5875 to show these addresses in its output.
5876
5877 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
5878 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
5879 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
5880 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
5881 preferred over a text one.
5882
5883 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
5884 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
5885 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
5886 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
5887 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
5888 mDNS cache.
5889
5890 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
5891 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
5892 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
5893 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
5894 of network configuration performed in some other way.
5895
5896 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
5897 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
5898 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
5899 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
5900 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
5901
5902 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
5903 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
5904 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
5905 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
5906 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
5907 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
5908 overrides any other settings.
5909
5910 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
5911 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5912 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
5913 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
5914 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
5915 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
5916 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
5917 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
5918 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5919 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5920 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
5921 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
5922 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
5923 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
5924 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
5925 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
5926 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5927
5928 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
5929
5930 CHANGES WITH 212:
5931
5932 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
5933 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
5934 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
5935 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
5936 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
5937 by accident.
5938
5939 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
5940 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
5941 registered with machined.
5942
5943 * sd-login gained new calls
5944 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
5945 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
5946 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
5947 counterparts.
5948
5949 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
5950 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
5951 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
5952 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
5953 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
5954 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
5955 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
5956 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
5957 once.
5958
5959 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
5960 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
5961 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
5962
5963 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
5964 units on all local containers, when used with the
5965 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
5966 executed when no parameters are specified).
5967
5968 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
5969 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
5970 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
5971 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
5972
5973 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
5974 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
5975 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
5976 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
5977 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
5978 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
5979
5980 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
5981 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
5982 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
5983 of the container.
5984
5985 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
5986 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
5987 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
5988 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
5989 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
5990 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
5991 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
5992 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
5993
5994 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
5995 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
5996 instead of /.
5997
5998 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
5999 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
6000 emergency messages now.
6001
6002 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
6003 journal log messages across the network.
6004
6005 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
6006 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
6007 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
6008 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
6009 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
6010 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
6011 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
6012
6013 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
6014 down a local OS container.
6015
6016 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
6017 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
6018 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
6019
6020 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
6021 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
6022 this is appropriate.
6023
6024 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
6025 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
6026 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
6027
6028 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
6029 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
6030 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
6031 for debugging purposes.
6032
6033 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
6034 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
6035 in seconds.
6036
6037 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
6038 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
6039 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
6040 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
6041 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
6042 like on traditional inetd.
6043
6044 * A new system.conf configuration option
6045 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
6046 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
6047
6048 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
6049 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
6050 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
6051 do these days).
6052
6053 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
6054 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
6055 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
6056 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
6057 could not take place because the system was powered off.
6058 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
6059
6060 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
6061 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
6062 it will be triggered.
6063
6064 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
6065 addresses to its local interfaces.
6066
6067 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
6068 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
6069 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
6070 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
6071 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
6072 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
6073 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
6074 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
6075 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6076
6077 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
6078
6079 CHANGES WITH 211:
6080
6081 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
6082 added to restrict which socket address families unit
6083 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
6084 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
6085 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
6086 is built on seccomp system call filters.
6087
6088 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
6089 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
6090 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
6091 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
6092 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
6093 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
6094 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
6095 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
6096 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
6097
6098 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
6099 matching against device group names.
6100
6101 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
6102 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
6103 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
6104 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
6105 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
6106 though.
6107
6108 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
6109 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
6110 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
6111 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
6112 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6113 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
6114 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
6115 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
6116 systems prepared appropriately.
6117
6118 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
6119 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
6120 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6121 (see above). This means that installations made with
6122 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
6123 deployed using container managers, completely
6124 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
6125 this feature soon, too.)
6126
6127 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
6128 set up a private macvlan interface for the
6129 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
6130 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
6131
6132 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
6133 using IPv4LL.
6134
6135 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
6136 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
6137 systemd-networkd.
6138
6139 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
6140 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
6141 still not a public API though (unless you specify
6142 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
6143 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
6144
6145 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
6146 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
6147 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
6148 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
6149 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
6150 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
6151 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
6152 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
6153 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
6154 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
6155 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
6156 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
6157 users.
6158
6159 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
6160 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
6161 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
6162 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
6163 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
6164 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
6165 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
6166 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
6167 due to a closed lid.
6168
6169 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
6170 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
6171 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
6172 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
6173 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
6174 order to then act as suspend blocker.
6175
6176 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
6177 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
6178 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
6179 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
6180 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
6181
6182 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
6183 now also work in --scope mode.
6184
6185 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
6186 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
6187 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
6188 promises are made.)
6189
6190 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
6191 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6192 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
6193 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6194 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
6195 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
6196 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
6197 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
6198 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
6199 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6200
6201 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
6202
6203 CHANGES WITH 210:
6204
6205 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
6206 according to SMACK rules.
6207
6208 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
6209 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
6210
6211 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
6212 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
6213 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
6214
6215 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
6216 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
6217 and machine ID.
6218
6219 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
6220 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
6221 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
6222 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
6223 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
6224 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
6225 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
6226 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
6227 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
6228 backpack or similar.
6229
6230 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
6231 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
6232 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
6233 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
6234 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
6235 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
6236 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
6237 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
6238 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
6239 this on its own.
6240
6241 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
6242 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
6243 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
6244 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
6245
6246 * We will now ship a default .network file for
6247 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
6248 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
6249 --network-bridge= switches.
6250
6251 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
6252 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
6253 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
6254 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
6255 metrics, according to what is customary according to
6256 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
6257 each configuration option.
6258
6259 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
6260 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
6261 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
6262 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
6263 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
6264
6265 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
6266 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
6267 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
6268 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
6269 triggered by other work being done in the program.
6270
6271 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
6272 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
6273 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
6274 default however.
6275
6276 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
6277 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
6278 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
6279 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
6280 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
6281 them with systemd-networkd.
6282
6283 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
6284 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
6285 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
6286 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
6287 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
6288 is drastically increased, but given that these are
6289 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
6290 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
6291 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
6292 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
6293 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
6294 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
6295 during a transitional period!
6296
6297 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
6298 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6299 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
6300 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
6301 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6302 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6303 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
6304 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6305
6306 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
6307
6308 CHANGES WITH 209:
6309
6310 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
6311 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
6312 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
6313 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
6314 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
6315 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
6316 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
6317 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
6318 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
6319 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
6320 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
6321 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
6322
6323 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
6324 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
6325 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
6326 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
6327 machines and the like.
6328
6329 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
6330 shutdown/boot.
6331
6332 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
6333 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
6334
6335 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
6336 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
6337 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
6338 prepared for additional security frameworks.
6339
6340 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
6341 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
6342 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
6343 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
6344 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
6345 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
6346
6347 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
6348 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
6349 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
6350 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
6351 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
6352 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
6353 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
6354 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
6355 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
6356
6357 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
6358 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
6359
6360 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
6361 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
6362 implementation.
6363
6364 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
6365 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
6366 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
6367 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
6368 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
6369 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
6370 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
6371 and .service units.
6372
6373 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
6374 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
6375 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
6376
6377 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
6378 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
6379 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
6380 nothing makes use of it.
6381
6382 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
6383 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
6384 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
6385
6386 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
6387 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
6388 compatibility purposes.
6389
6390 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
6391 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
6392 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
6393 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
6394 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
6395 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
6396 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
6397 process handling.
6398
6399 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
6400 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
6401 style to "sd-bus.h".
6402
6403 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
6404 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
6405 "systemd-networkd".
6406
6407 * There is a new kernel command line option
6408 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
6409 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
6410 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
6411 are not restored.
6412
6413 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
6414 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
6415 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
6416 PID1's support for that anymore.
6417
6418 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
6419 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
6420
6421 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
6422 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
6423 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
6424 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
6425 container that is registered with machined, such as those
6426 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
6427
6428 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
6429 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
6430 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
6431 onto remote systems.
6432
6433 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
6434 login in any local container. This works with any container
6435 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
6436 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
6437
6438 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
6439 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
6440 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
6441 system of some kind.
6442
6443 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
6444 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
6445 next.
6446
6447 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
6448 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
6449 reboot() system call.
6450
6451 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
6452 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
6453 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
6454 still available but not advertised anymore.
6455
6456 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
6457 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
6458 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
6459 within each Unit.
6460
6461 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
6462 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
6463 the kernel).
6464
6465 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
6466 timestamps (following the setting in
6467 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
6468
6469 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
6470 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
6471
6472 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
6473 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
6474
6475 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
6476 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
6477 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
6478
6479 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
6480 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
6481 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
6482 the full configuration is shown.
6483
6484 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
6485 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
6486 those commands which take multiple unit names.
6487
6488 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
6489
6490 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
6491 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
6492
6493 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
6494 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
6495 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
6496 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
6497
6498 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
6499 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
6500 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
6501 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
6502
6503 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
6504 of the legend text.
6505
6506 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
6507 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
6508 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
6509 remote sessions.
6510
6511 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
6512 information of SDIO devices.
6513
6514 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
6515 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
6516 the system manager.
6517
6518 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
6519 short description of the connection parameters in the
6520 description.
6521
6522 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
6523 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
6524 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
6525 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
6526 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
6527 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
6528 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
6529
6530 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
6531 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
6532 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
6533 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
6534 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
6535 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
6536 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
6537 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
6538 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
6539
6540 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
6541 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
6542 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
6543 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
6544 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
6545 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
6546 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
6547 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6548 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
6549 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
6550 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
6551 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
6552 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
6553 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
6554 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
6555 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
6556 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
6557 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
6558 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
6559 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
6560 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
6561 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
6562 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
6563
6564 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
6565 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
6566 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
6567 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
6568 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
6569 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
6570 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
6571 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
6572 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
6573 that you are aware of the instability of the current
6574 APIs.
6575
6576 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
6577 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
6578 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
6579 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6580 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6581 declare the APIs stable.
6582
6583 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
6584 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
6585 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
6586 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
6587 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
6588 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6589 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6590 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6591 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6592 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6593 one of them is updated.
6594
6595 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
6596 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
6597 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6598 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6599 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6600
6601 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6602 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6603 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
6604 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
6605 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
6606 entry points.
6607
6608 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6609 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6610 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6611 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
6612 been disabled at compile-time.
6613
6614 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
6615 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
6616 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6617 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6618
6619 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6620 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6621 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
6622
6623 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
6624 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6625 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
6626
6627 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6628 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
6629 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
6630
6631 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6632 remains until jobs expire.
6633
6634 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
6635 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
6636 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
6637 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
6638 all remaining processes of the service.
6639
6640 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6641 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
6642 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
6643 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
6644 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
6645 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
6646 manager process which created them takes no further
6647 responsibilities for it.
6648
6649 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
6650 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
6651 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
6652 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
6653 marked executable or world-writable.
6654
6655 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
6656 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
6657 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
6658 "--setenv=" for consistency.
6659
6660 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
6661 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
6662 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
6663 independent of the host.
6664
6665 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
6666 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
6667 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
6668 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
6669
6670 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
6671 with specific SELinux labels set.
6672
6673 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
6674 any additional output but the container's own console
6675 output.
6676
6677 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
6678 container without PID namespacing enabled.
6679
6680 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
6681 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
6682 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
6683 OS images, but only specific apps.
6684
6685 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
6686 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
6687 results in registration of the unit service itself in
6688 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
6689
6690 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
6691 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
6692 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
6693 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
6694 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
6695 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
6696
6697 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
6698 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
6699 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
6700 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
6701 units to use.
6702
6703 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
6704 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
6705 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
6706 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
6707
6708 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
6709 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
6710 context for a service.
6711
6712 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
6713 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
6714 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
6715 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
6716 influence this logic.
6717
6718 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
6719 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
6720 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
6721 other things.
6722
6723 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
6724 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
6725 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
6726 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
6727 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
6728 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
6729 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
6730 architectures). There is also a global
6731 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
6732 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
6733
6734 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
6735 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
6736
6737 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
6738 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
6739 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6740 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
6741 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
6742 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
6743 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
6744 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
6745 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6746 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
6747 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
6748 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6749 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6750 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
6751 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6752 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
6753 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
6754 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
6755 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
6756 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
6757 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6758 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
6759 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
6760 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6761
6762 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
6763
6764 CHANGES WITH 208:
6765
6766 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
6767 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
6768 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
6769 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
6770 access input and drm devices which are normally
6771 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
6772 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
6773 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
6774 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
6775 session switching without allowing background sessions to
6776 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
6777 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
6778 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
6779
6780 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
6781 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
6782 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
6783
6784 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
6785 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
6786 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
6787 kernel version number.
6788
6789 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
6790 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
6791 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
6792
6793 * This release removes high-level support for the
6794 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
6795 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
6796 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
6797 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
6798
6799 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
6800 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
6801 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
6802 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
6803 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
6804 cgroup system.
6805
6806 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
6807 messages containing the slice a message was generated
6808 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
6809 logs among other things.
6810
6811 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
6812 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
6813 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
6814 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
6815 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
6816 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
6817 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
6818 journald which would be necessary to resolve
6819 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
6820 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
6821 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
6822 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
6823 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
6824 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
6825 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
6826 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
6827 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
6828 not delayed until next reboot.
6829
6830 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
6831 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
6832 systemd generated files in one directory.
6833
6834 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
6835 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
6836 performance information if that's available to determine how
6837 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
6838 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
6839 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
6840
6841 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
6842 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
6843 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
6844 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6845 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
6846 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
6847 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6848
6849 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
6850
6851 CHANGES WITH 207:
6852
6853 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
6854 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
6855 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
6856 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
6857
6858 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
6859 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
6860 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
6861 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
6862 specified on the kernel command line less important.
6863
6864 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
6865 retrieve the VT number of a session.
6866
6867 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
6868 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
6869 maximum number of tries.
6870
6871 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
6872 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
6873 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
6874
6875 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
6876 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
6877
6878 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
6879 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
6880 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
6881
6882 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
6883 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
6884 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
6885
6886 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
6887 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
6888 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
6889 and type).
6890
6891 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
6892 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
6893
6894 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
6895 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
6896 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
6897 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
6898
6899 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
6900 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
6901 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
6902 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
6903 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
6904 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
6905 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
6906 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
6907
6908 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
6909 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
6910 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
6911 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
6912
6913 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
6914 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
6915 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
6916 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
6917 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
6918 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
6919 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
6920
6921 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
6922 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
6923
6924 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
6925 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
6926 automatically after the process terminated.
6927
6928 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
6929 certain paths from operation.
6930
6931 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
6932 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
6933 is received.
6934
6935 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
6936 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
6937 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
6938 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
6939 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
6940 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
6941 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6942 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
6943 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6944 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
6945 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6946 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
6947 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6948
6949 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
6950
6951 CHANGES WITH 206:
6952
6953 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
6954 concepts introduced with 205.
6955
6956 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
6957 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
6958 -r".
6959
6960 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
6961 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
6962 --state= parameter.
6963
6964 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
6965 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
6966 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
6967 the journal.
6968
6969 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
6970 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
6971 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
6972
6973 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
6974 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
6975 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
6976 browsing logs from that point on.
6977
6978 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
6979 of an FSS key.
6980
6981 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
6982 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
6983 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
6984 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
6985 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
6986 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
6987 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
6988 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
6989 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
6990 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
6991 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
6992 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
6993 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
6994 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
6995
6996 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
6997 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
6998 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
6999 backing module right-away.
7000
7001 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
7002 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
7003
7004 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
7005 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
7006
7007 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
7008 set of processes in the message metadata.
7009
7010 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
7011
7012 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
7013 support for passing performance data via environment
7014 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
7015 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
7016 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
7017 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
7018 deserialize it again.
7019
7020 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
7021 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
7022 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
7023 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
7024
7025 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
7026 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
7027 completely silent shutdown when used.
7028
7029 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
7030 option in .socket units.
7031
7032 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
7033 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
7034 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
7035 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
7036 system.slice as before.
7037
7038 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
7039
7040 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
7041 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
7042 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7043 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
7044 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
7045 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
7046 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7047
7048 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
7049
7050 CHANGES WITH 205:
7051
7052 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
7053
7054 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
7055 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
7056 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
7057 possible for system services and applications to group their
7058 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
7059 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
7060 together, or apply resource limits on them.
7061
7062 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
7063 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
7064 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
7065 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
7066 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
7067
7068 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
7069 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
7070 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
7071 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
7072
7073 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
7074 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
7075 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
7076 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
7077 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
7078 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
7079 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
7080 and useful as a general batch manager.
7081
7082 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
7083 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
7084 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
7085 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
7086 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
7087 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
7088 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
7089 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
7090 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
7091 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
7092
7093 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
7094 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
7095 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
7096 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
7097 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
7098 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
7099 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
7100 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
7101 is compile-time optional.
7102
7103 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
7104 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
7105 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
7106 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
7107 well as slice units.
7108
7109 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
7110 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
7111 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
7112 but will be extended later on to make more properties
7113 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
7114 command that wraps this call.
7115
7116 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
7117 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
7118 while configuring a number of settings via the command
7119 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
7120 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
7121 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
7122 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
7123
7124 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
7125 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
7126 off audit.
7127
7128 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
7129 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
7130
7131 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
7132 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
7133 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
7134 and system logs.
7135
7136 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
7137 snippets extending unit files.
7138
7139 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
7140 not available as public API.
7141
7142 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
7143 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
7144 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
7145
7146 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
7147 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
7148 controls what to boot into by default.
7149
7150 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
7151 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
7152
7153 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
7154 generators needed for execution, as well as information
7155 about the unit file loading.
7156
7157 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
7158 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
7159 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
7160 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
7161 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
7162 racy due to journal file rotation.
7163
7164 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
7165 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
7166 all services.
7167
7168 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
7169 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
7170 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
7171 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
7172 system services want to log events about specific client
7173 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
7174 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
7175 unit is requested.
7176
7177 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
7178 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
7179 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
7180 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
7181 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
7182 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7183 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
7184 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
7185 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
7186 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
7187 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7188 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
7189 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
7190
7191 CHANGES WITH 204:
7192
7193 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
7194 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
7195
7196 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
7197 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
7198 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
7199
7200 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
7201 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7202
7203 CHANGES WITH 203:
7204
7205 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
7206 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
7207
7208 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
7209 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
7210 fields, including the root directory.
7211
7212 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
7213 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
7214 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
7215 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
7216 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
7217 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
7218 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
7219 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
7220 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
7221 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
7222 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
7223
7224 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
7225 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
7226
7227 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
7228 have taken an inhibitor lock.
7229
7230 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
7231 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
7232 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
7233 the local hostname.
7234
7235 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
7236 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
7237 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
7238 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
7239 VMs/containers coming and going.
7240
7241 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
7242 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
7243 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
7244
7245 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
7246 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
7247 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
7248 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
7249
7250 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
7251 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
7252 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
7253
7254 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
7255 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
7256 services. With the container's root directory in
7257 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
7258 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
7259
7260 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
7261 the processes within a certain container.
7262
7263 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
7264 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
7265 check though. Patches welcome!
7266
7267 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
7268 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
7269 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
7270 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
7271 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
7272
7273 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
7274 the passed argument if applicable.
7275
7276 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7277 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7278 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
7279 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7280 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
7281 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
7282 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7283 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7284
7285 CHANGES WITH 202:
7286
7287 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
7288 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
7289 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
7290 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
7291 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
7292 units activate.
7293
7294 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
7295 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
7296 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
7297 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
7298 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
7299 for now, and not installable.
7300
7301 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
7302 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
7303 can run in conjunction with udev.
7304
7305 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
7306 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
7307 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
7308 session manager.
7309
7310 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
7311 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
7312 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
7313 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
7314 services, user processes and containers/virtual
7315 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
7316 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7317 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
7318 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
7319 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
7320 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
7321
7322 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
7323
7324 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
7325 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
7326 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
7327 logical expressions.
7328
7329 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
7330 switches.
7331
7332 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
7333 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7334 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
7335 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
7336 the user.
7337
7338 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
7339 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
7340 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
7341 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
7342 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
7343 an entry.
7344
7345 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
7346 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7347 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
7348 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7349 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
7350 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7351
7352 CHANGES WITH 201:
7353
7354 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
7355 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
7356 directory.
7357
7358 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
7359 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
7360 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
7361 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
7362 problem.
7363
7364 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
7365 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
7366 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
7367 before the key file is attempted to be read.
7368
7369 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
7370 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
7371
7372 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
7373 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
7374 files in this context are files such as
7375 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
7376
7377 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
7378 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
7379 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
7380 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
7381 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
7382 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
7383
7384 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
7385 hostnames.
7386
7387 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
7388 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
7389 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
7390 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
7391 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
7392 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
7393 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
7394 all time-related output of systemd.
7395
7396 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
7397 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
7398 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
7399 loops.
7400
7401 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
7402 (models, layouts, variants, options).
7403
7404 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
7405 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
7406 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
7407 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
7408 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
7409
7410 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
7411 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
7412 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
7413 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
7414 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
7415 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
7416 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
7417
7418 CHANGES WITH 200:
7419
7420 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
7421 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
7422 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
7423 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
7424 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
7425 middle ground between physical and access time order.
7426
7427 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
7428 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
7429 images.
7430
7431 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
7432 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
7433 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7434
7435 CHANGES WITH 199:
7436
7437 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
7438
7439 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
7440 security policy.
7441
7442 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
7443 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
7444 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
7445 shared by all processes of a service (which means
7446 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
7447 the same service can still access). When a service is
7448 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
7449 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
7450 this though).
7451
7452 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
7453 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
7454 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
7455 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
7456 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
7457 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
7458
7459 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
7460 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
7461
7462 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
7463 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
7464
7465 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
7466
7467 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
7468 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
7469 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
7470 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
7471 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
7472
7473 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
7474 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
7475 system is to be mounted.
7476
7477 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
7478 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
7479 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
7480 purpose for socket units.
7481
7482 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
7483 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
7484
7485 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
7486 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
7487 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
7488 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
7489 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
7490
7491 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
7492 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
7493 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
7494 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7495 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
7496 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
7497 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7498 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7499 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7500
7501 CHANGES WITH 198:
7502
7503 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
7504 files without having to edit/override the unit files
7505 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
7506 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
7507 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
7508 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
7509 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
7510 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
7511 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
7512 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
7513 unit files locally: copying the files from
7514 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
7515 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
7516 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
7517 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
7518 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
7519 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
7520 for them too.
7521
7522 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
7523 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
7524 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
7525 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
7526 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
7527 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
7528 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
7529 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
7530 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
7531
7532 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
7533 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
7534
7535 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
7536 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
7537 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
7538 other users.
7539
7540 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
7541 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
7542 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
7543 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
7544 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
7545 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
7546 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
7547 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
7548 management logic is also available to other programs via the
7549 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
7550 supported.
7551
7552 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
7553 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
7554 the foreground VT.
7555
7556 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
7557 call.
7558
7559 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
7560 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
7561 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
7562 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
7563 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
7564 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
7565 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
7566 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
7567 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
7568 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
7569 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
7570 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
7571 also been removed.
7572
7573 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
7574 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
7575 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
7576 objects themselves.
7577
7578 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7579
7580 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7581 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
7582 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
7583 to how this is supported in shells.
7584
7585 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7586 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7587 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7588 user systemd instance.
7589
7590 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7591 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7592 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7593 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7594 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7595 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7596 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7597 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7598 one day for good in the kernel.
7599
7600 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7601 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7602 container.
7603
7604 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
7605 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
7606 the host into the container.
7607
7608 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
7609 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7610 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7611 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7612 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7613 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
7614
7615 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
7616
7617 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7618 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
7619 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7620 configured to be mounted there.
7621
7622 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7623 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7624 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7625 system resume events.
7626
7627 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7628 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
7629 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
7630 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
7631
7632 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7633 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7634 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7635 card).
7636
7637 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7638 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7639 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7640
7641 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7642 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
7643 later "change" event.
7644
7645 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
7646 now carry a message ID.
7647
7648 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
7649 continues to be work in progress.
7650
7651 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
7652 root directory to operate relative to.
7653
7654 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
7655 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
7656 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
7657 times a little.
7658
7659 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
7660 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
7661 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
7662 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
7663 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
7664 request boot into firmware operations.
7665
7666 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
7667 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
7668 correctly in initrds.
7669
7670 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
7671 compile time optional via a configure switch.
7672
7673 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
7674 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
7675
7676 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
7677 the status of all active or failed units.
7678
7679 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
7680 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
7681 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
7682 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
7683 requests more robust.
7684
7685 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
7686 reading journal files.
7687
7688 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
7689 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
7690
7691 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
7692
7693 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
7694 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
7695
7696 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
7697 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
7698 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
7699 socket activation in daemons.
7700
7701 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
7702 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
7703
7704 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
7705 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
7706 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
7707
7708 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
7709 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
7710 system units.
7711
7712 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
7713 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
7714 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
7715
7716 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
7717 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
7718 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
7719 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
7720 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
7721 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
7722 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
7723 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
7724 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
7725 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
7726 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
7727 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
7728 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
7729 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
7730 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
7731 package installation time.
7732
7733 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
7734 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
7735 scripts need to create these system user/group at
7736 installation time.
7737
7738 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
7739 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
7740
7741 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
7742
7743 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
7744 available.
7745
7746 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
7747 load SMACK policies at early boot.
7748
7749 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
7750 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
7751 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
7752 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
7753 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7754 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
7755 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
7756 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
7757 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
7758 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
7759 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
7760 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7761 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
7762 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
7763
7764 CHANGES WITH 197:
7765
7766 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
7767 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
7768 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
7769 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
7770 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
7771 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
7772 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
7773 the supported calendar time specification language see
7774 systemd.time(7).
7775
7776 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
7777 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
7778 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
7779 document for details:
7780
7781 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
7782
7783 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
7784 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
7785 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
7786 implementations around and minimal in its code and
7787 dependencies.
7788
7789 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
7790 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
7791 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
7792 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
7793 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
7794 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
7795 with a configure switch.
7796
7797 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
7798 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
7799 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
7800 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
7801 such as ext4.
7802
7803 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
7804 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
7805 identities are attached to the devices as well.
7806
7807 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
7808 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
7809
7810 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
7811 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
7812 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
7813 using only core OS tools.
7814
7815 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
7816 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
7817 implementation of socket activated nspawn
7818 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
7819 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
7820 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
7821 eventually.
7822
7823 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
7824 presenting log data.
7825
7826 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
7827 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
7828
7829 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
7830 system on idle.
7831
7832 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
7833 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
7834 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
7835 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
7836 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
7837 information if possible.
7838
7839 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
7840 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
7841 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
7842
7843 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
7844 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
7845 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
7846 is running on battery power.
7847
7848 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
7849 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
7850 is in the "failed" state.
7851
7852 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
7853 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
7854 environment files at once.
7855
7856 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
7857 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
7858 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
7859 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
7860 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
7861 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
7862 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
7863 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
7864 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
7865 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
7866 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
7867 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
7868 pieces of code locally from the git history.
7869
7870 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
7871 log the unit name in the message meta data.
7872
7873 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
7874 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
7875
7876 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
7877 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
7878 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
7879 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
7880 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
7881 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
7882 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
7883 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
7884 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
7885 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
7886 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
7887 shipped from us upstream.
7888
7889 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
7890 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
7891 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
7892 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
7893 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7894 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7895 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
7896 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
7897 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
7898 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
7899 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
7900 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
7901 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7902
7903 CHANGES WITH 196:
7904
7905 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
7906 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
7907 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
7908 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
7909 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
7910 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
7911 becoming the one central database for non-essential
7912 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
7913 database was only attached to select devices, since the
7914 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
7915 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
7916 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
7917 data for all devices where this is available, by
7918 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
7919 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
7920 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
7921 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
7922 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
7923 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
7924
7925 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
7926 indexed database to link up additional information with
7927 journal entries. For further details please check:
7928
7929 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
7930
7931 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
7932 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
7933 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
7934 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
7935 macro for this purpose.
7936
7937 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
7938 Python logging framework.
7939
7940 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
7941 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
7942 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
7943 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
7944 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
7945 time intervals.
7946
7947 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
7948 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
7949 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
7950
7951 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
7952 right-away on the selected coredump.
7953
7954 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
7955 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
7956 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
7957
7958 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
7959 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
7960 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
7961 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
7962
7963 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
7964 default.
7965
7966 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
7967 SMACK security label.
7968
7969 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
7970 daylight saving change.
7971
7972 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
7973 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
7974 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
7975 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
7976 distributions who still need support this to either continue
7977 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
7978 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
7979
7980 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
7981 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
7982 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
7983 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
7984 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
7985 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
7986 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
7987
7988 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
7989 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
7990
7991 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
7992 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
7993 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
7994 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
7995 offline updating tools.
7996
7997 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
7998 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
7999 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
8000 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
8001 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
8002 directories for packages to place various data files in.
8003
8004 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
8005 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
8006
8007 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
8008 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
8009 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
8010 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8011 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
8012 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
8013 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
8014 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
8015 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8016
8017 CHANGES WITH 195:
8018
8019 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
8020 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
8021 units via --unit=/-u.
8022
8023 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
8024 right thing.
8025
8026 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
8027 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
8028 rotation.
8029
8030 * The journal will now index the available field values for
8031 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
8032 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
8033 completion of journalctl has been updated
8034 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
8035 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
8036
8037 * More service events are now written as structured messages
8038 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
8039
8040 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
8041 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
8042 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
8043 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
8044 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
8045 these settings from the command line now, especially since
8046 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
8047 completion.
8048
8049 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
8050 extract coredumps from the journal.
8051
8052 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
8053 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
8054 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
8055 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
8056 scratch their heads.
8057
8058 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
8059 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
8060
8061 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
8062 in immediate termination of systemd.
8063
8064 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
8065 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
8066
8067 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
8068 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
8069 mouse screen support has been added.
8070
8071 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
8072 Server-Sent-Events as output.
8073
8074 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
8075 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
8076 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
8077 "systemctl reload".
8078
8079 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
8080 -u" instead.
8081
8082 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
8083 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
8084 configured.
8085
8086 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
8087 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
8088
8089 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
8090 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
8091 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
8092 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
8093 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
8094 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
8095 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
8096
8097 CHANGES WITH 194:
8098
8099 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
8100 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
8101 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
8102 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
8103 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
8104 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
8105 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
8106 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
8107 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
8108 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
8109 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
8110 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
8111
8112 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
8113 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
8114 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8115
8116 CHANGES WITH 193:
8117
8118 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
8119 starting from the specified location in the journal.
8120
8121 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
8122 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
8123 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
8124
8125 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
8126 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
8127 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
8128 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
8129 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
8130 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
8131 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
8132
8133 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
8134 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
8135
8136 This will download the journal contents in a
8137 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
8138
8139 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
8140
8141 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
8142 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
8143 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
8144 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
8145 screenshot of this app in its current state:
8146
8147 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
8148
8149 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
8150 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
8151
8152 CHANGES WITH 192:
8153
8154 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
8155 too.
8156
8157 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
8158 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
8159 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
8160 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
8161 just start them.
8162
8163 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
8164 and line break accordingly.
8165
8166 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8167 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
8168
8169 CHANGES WITH 191:
8170
8171 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
8172 container environment, copying the host's timezone
8173 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
8174 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
8175 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
8176
8177 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
8178 will default to 10 if omitted.
8179
8180 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
8181 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
8182 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
8183 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
8184 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
8185
8186 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
8187 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
8188 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
8189 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
8190 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
8191 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
8192 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
8193
8194 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
8195 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
8196 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
8197 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
8198 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
8199 into two.
8200
8201 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
8202 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
8203
8204 CHANGES WITH 190:
8205
8206 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
8207 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
8208 "systemctl status".
8209
8210 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
8211 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8212 system to another place in the same file system could not be
8213 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
8214 field.)
8215
8216 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
8217 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
8218 default.
8219
8220 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
8221 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
8222 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
8223 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
8224 in a container.
8225
8226 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
8227 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
8228 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
8229 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
8230 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
8231 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
8232
8233 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
8234 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
8235 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
8236 no-op.
8237
8238 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
8239 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
8240 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
8241 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
8242 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
8243
8244 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
8245 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
8246
8247 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
8248 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
8249 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
8250 command.
8251
8252 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
8253 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
8254 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
8255
8256 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
8257
8258 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
8259 multiple files at once.
8260
8261 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
8262 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
8263 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
8264 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
8265 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
8266 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
8267 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
8268
8269 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
8270 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
8271 now support specifiers as well.
8272
8273 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
8274 dir: %_presetdir.
8275
8276 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
8277 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
8278
8279 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
8280 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
8281 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
8282 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
8283 anymore.
8284
8285 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
8286 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
8287 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
8288 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
8289
8290 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
8291 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
8292 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
8293
8294 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
8295 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
8296 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
8297 sockets.
8298
8299 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
8300 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
8301 is changed.
8302
8303 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
8304 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
8305 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
8306 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
8307 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
8308 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
8309 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
8310
8311 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
8312
8313 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
8314 the unit file label and client process label into account.
8315
8316 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
8317 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
8318
8319 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
8320 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
8321 (%b).
8322
8323 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
8324 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
8325 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8326 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8327 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
8328 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
8329 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8330
8331 CHANGES WITH 189:
8332
8333 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
8334 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
8335
8336 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
8337 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
8338 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
8339 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
8340 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
8341 syslog daemons again.
8342
8343 * The libudev API gained the new
8344 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
8345
8346 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
8347 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
8348 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
8349 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
8350
8351 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
8352 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
8353 container.
8354
8355 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
8356 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
8357 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
8358 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
8359 this explaining it in more detail.
8360
8361 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
8362 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
8363 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
8364 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
8365
8366 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
8367 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
8368 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
8369 journal files.
8370
8371 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
8372 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
8373 as container init process a lot more fun.
8374
8375 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
8376 entries.
8377
8378 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
8379 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
8380 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
8381 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
8382 different sets of services.
8383
8384 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
8385 failure state.
8386
8387 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
8388 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
8389 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8390
8391 CHANGES WITH 188:
8392
8393 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
8394 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
8395 tree a lot more organized.
8396
8397 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
8398 may be used to group services in a natural way.
8399
8400 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
8401 services.
8402
8403 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
8404 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
8405 filtering by log level now.
8406
8407 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
8408 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
8409 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
8410
8411 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
8412 command lines involving service unit names.
8413
8414 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
8415 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
8416
8417 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
8418 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
8419 and encodes structured information about the error number.
8420
8421 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
8422 option.
8423
8424 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
8425 a shutdown is cancelled.
8426
8427 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
8428 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
8429 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
8430 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
8431 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
8432
8433 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
8434 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
8435 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
8436 for display managers instead.
8437
8438 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
8439 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
8440 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
8441 protection, and suchlike.
8442
8443 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
8444 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
8445 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
8446 the service.
8447
8448 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
8449 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
8450 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
8451 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
8452 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
8453 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8454
8455 CHANGES WITH 187:
8456
8457 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
8458 pages.
8459
8460 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
8461 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
8462 data loss.
8463
8464 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
8465 option.
8466
8467 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
8468
8469 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
8470 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
8471
8472 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
8473 specific directory.
8474
8475 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
8476 messages of two different boots.
8477
8478 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
8479 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
8480 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
8481
8482 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
8483 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
8484 disjunctions.
8485
8486 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
8487 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
8488 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
8489
8490 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
8491 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
8492 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
8493
8494 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
8495 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
8496 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
8497 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
8498 speed things up a bit.
8499
8500 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
8501 header data of journal files.
8502
8503 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
8504 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
8505 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
8506
8507 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
8508 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
8509 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
8510 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
8511
8512 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8513
8514 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
8515 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
8516 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8517 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8518
8519 CHANGES WITH 186:
8520
8521 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
8522 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
8523 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
8524 prefixed with rd.
8525
8526 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
8527 automatically generated at boot. Use:
8528
8529 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
8530
8531 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
8532
8533 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
8534
8535 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
8536 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
8537 as well.
8538
8539 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
8540 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
8541 in all appropriate directories automatically.
8542
8543 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
8544 does the right thing. Example:
8545
8546 udevadm info /dev/sda
8547 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
8548
8549 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
8550 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
8551 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
8552 running.
8553
8554 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
8555 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
8556
8557 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
8558 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
8559
8560 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
8561 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
8562 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
8563 files.
8564
8565 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
8566 be stopped that is not loaded.
8567
8568 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
8569
8570 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
8571
8572 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
8573 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
8574 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
8575 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8576
8577 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8578 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8579 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8580 completed initialization.
8581
8582 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8583
8584 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8585 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8586 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8587 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8588 distributions.
8589
8590 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8591 always valid when services log to the journal via
8592 STDOUT/STDERR.
8593
8594 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8595 command line options we understand.
8596
8597 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8598 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8599
8600 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
8601 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8602
8603 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8604 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8605 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8606 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8607
8608 systemctl status /home
8609 systemctl status /dev/sda
8610
8611 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8612 system.conf parsing.
8613
8614 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8615 Manager object.
8616
8617 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
8618
8619 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8620
8621 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8622 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8623 complete.
8624
8625 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8626 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8627 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8628 systemd-fsck@.service.
8629
8630 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8631 Manager object.
8632
8633 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8634 work sensibly.
8635
8636 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8637 we actually understand.
8638
8639 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8640 additional capabilities to the container.
8641
8642 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
8643 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
8644 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
8645
8646 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
8647 the current boot only.
8648
8649 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
8650 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
8651
8652 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
8653 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
8654 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
8655 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
8656 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
8657
8658 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8659
8660 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
8661 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8662 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
8663 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
8664
8665 CHANGES WITH 185:
8666
8667 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
8668 available.
8669
8670 * Several new man pages have been added.
8671
8672 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
8673 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
8674 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
8675 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
8676
8677 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
8678 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
8679
8680 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
8681 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8682 Matthias Clasen
8683
8684 CHANGES WITH 184:
8685
8686 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
8687 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
8688
8689 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
8690 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
8691 daemon.
8692
8693 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
8694 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
8695
8696 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
8697 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
8698 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
8699 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
8700
8701 CHANGES WITH 183:
8702
8703 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
8704 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
8705 and systemd's most recent version number.
8706
8707 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
8708 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
8709 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
8710 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
8711 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
8712 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
8713
8714 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
8715 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
8716 subsystems.
8717
8718 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
8719 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
8720 used to subscribe to events.
8721
8722 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
8723 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
8724 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
8725 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
8726 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
8727 forked by udev rules.
8728
8729 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
8730 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
8731 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
8732 it.
8733
8734 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
8735 udev_monitor_from_socket()
8736 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
8737 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
8738 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
8739
8740 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
8741 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
8742
8743 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
8744 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
8745 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
8746 the files to the new names on upgrade.
8747
8748 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
8749 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
8750 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
8751 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
8752 to be used as drop-in files.
8753
8754 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
8755 particular suspending and hibernating.
8756
8757 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
8758 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
8759 about this in more detail.
8760
8761 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
8762 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
8763 places). Distributions which have not converted these
8764 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
8765 from git history and add them downstream.
8766
8767 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
8768 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
8769 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
8770 units.
8771
8772 * All smaller setup units (such as
8773 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
8774 are run in a container and are skipped when
8775 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
8776 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
8777
8778 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
8779 integrated, for details see:
8780 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
8781
8782 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
8783 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
8784 messages.
8785
8786 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
8787 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
8788 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
8789 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
8790 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
8791
8792 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
8793 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
8794 for all units started by PID 1.
8795
8796 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
8797 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
8798 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
8799
8800 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
8801 of PID 1 anymore.
8802
8803 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
8804 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
8805 have not been read by systemd yet.
8806
8807 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
8808 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
8809 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
8810 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
8811 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
8812 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
8813
8814 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
8815 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
8816
8817 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
8818
8819 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
8820 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
8821 so sexy.
8822
8823 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
8824 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
8825 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
8826 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
8827 patterns.
8828
8829 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
8830 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
8831 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
8832 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
8833
8834 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
8835 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
8836
8837 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
8838 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
8839 in systemd now.
8840
8841 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
8842 ID on the command line.
8843
8844 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
8845 for an init system.
8846
8847 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
8848 vt100.
8849
8850 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
8851
8852 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
8853 components now have directories of their own.
8854
8855 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
8856
8857 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
8858 container in other hierarchies.
8859
8860 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
8861 system.conf.
8862
8863 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
8864
8865 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
8866 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
8867
8868 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
8869 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
8870
8871 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
8872 locally generated journal files.
8873
8874 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
8875
8876 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
8877
8878 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
8879 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
8880 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
8881 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
8882 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
8883 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
8884 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8885 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
8886 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8887 Gundersen
8888
8889 CHANGES WITH 44:
8890
8891 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8892
8893 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
8894 KVM or container configured UUID.
8895
8896 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
8897
8898 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
8899
8900 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
8901 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
8902
8903 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
8904
8905 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
8906 folks
8907
8908 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
8909 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
8910 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
8911
8912 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
8913 configuration
8914
8915 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
8916 free fashion
8917
8918 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
8919 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
8920 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
8921 automatically generated data.
8922
8923 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
8924 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
8925 however.
8926
8927 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
8928 tarball.
8929
8930 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
8931 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
8932 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
8933 Reding
8934
8935 CHANGES WITH 43:
8936
8937 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8938
8939 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
8940
8941 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
8942
8943 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
8944 normal user logins.
8945
8946 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
8947 Biebl
8948
8949 CHANGES WITH 42:
8950
8951 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
8952
8953 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
8954 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
8955 xsltproc.
8956
8957 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
8958 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
8959 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
8960
8961 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
8962 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
8963 reboot can automatically be triggered.
8964
8965 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
8966
8967 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
8968 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8969 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
8970
8971 CHANGES WITH 41:
8972
8973 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
8974 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
8975 package update.
8976
8977 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
8978 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
8979 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
8980
8981 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
8982 complete.
8983
8984 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
8985 understood to set system wide environment variables
8986 dynamically at boot.
8987
8988 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
8989
8990 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
8991 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
8992 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
8993 files.
8994
8995 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8996 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
8997 William Douglas
8998
8999 CHANGES WITH 40:
9000
9001 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9002
9003 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
9004 "Result" D-Bus property.
9005
9006 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
9007 the next few releases.)
9008
9009 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
9010 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
9011 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
9012 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
9013
9014 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
9015 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
9016 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
9017
9018 CHANGES WITH 39:
9019
9020 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9021 bugfixes.
9022
9023 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
9024 resource usage.
9025
9026 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
9027 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
9028 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
9029 journals by the respective users.
9030
9031 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
9032 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
9033 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
9034
9035 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
9036 client for all entries.
9037
9038 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
9039
9040 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
9041 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
9042
9043 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
9044 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
9045 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
9046 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
9047
9048 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
9049 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
9050 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
9051
9052 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
9053 journal along with meta data.
9054
9055 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
9056 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
9057 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
9058
9059 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
9060 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
9061 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
9062
9063 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
9064
9065 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
9066 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
9067 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
9068 or fsck.
9069
9070 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
9071 requested with new -k switch.
9072
9073 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9074 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
9075
9076 CHANGES WITH 38:
9077
9078 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9079 bugfixes.
9080
9081 * The git repository moved to:
9082 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
9083 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
9084
9085 * First release with the journal
9086 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
9087
9088 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
9089 systemd-stdout-bridge.
9090
9091 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
9092
9093 * Many systemadm clean-ups
9094
9095 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
9096 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
9097 remote mounts.
9098
9099 * Added Mageia support
9100
9101 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
9102
9103 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
9104 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
9105 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
9106 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
9107 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
9108
9109 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
9110 of existing distributions.
9111
9112 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
9113 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
9114
9115 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
9116 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
9117 boot.
9118
9119 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
9120
9121 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
9122 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
9123 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
9124 among other things.
9125
9126 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
9127 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
9128
9129 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
9130
9131 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
9132 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
9133 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
9134
9135 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
9136 restored.
9137
9138 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
9139 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
9140 kmod
9141
9142 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
9143 of /usr/local by default.
9144
9145 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
9146 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
9147 in:
9148 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
9149
9150 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
9151 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
9152 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
9153 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
9154 supported anyway, and bad style).
9155
9156 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
9157 reloading of units together.
9158
9159 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
9160 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
9161 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9162 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
9163 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek